Document:

EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 

NXP B.V. 
 NXP FUNDING LLC 

NXP USA, INC. 
 as Issuers 

NXP SEMICONDUCTORS N.V. 
 as
Guarantor 
 and 
 DEUTSCHE BANK
TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, 
 as Trustee 

$1,000,000,000 2.500% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2031 

$1,000,000,000 3.250% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2041 
  

 
 SENIOR INDENTURE

 Dated as of May 11, 2021 
  

 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE 1	  

		
	 Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
	  	 	1	 
			
	 SECTION 1.01.
	 	 Definitions
	  	 	1	 
	 SECTION 1.02.
	 	 Other Definitions
	  	 	13	 
	 SECTION 1.03.
	 	 Incorporation by Reference of TIA
	  	 	14	 
	 SECTION 1.04.
	 	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	14	 
	
	ARTICLE 2	  

		
	 The Notes
	  	 	15	 
			
	 SECTION 2.01.
	 	 Issuable in Series
	  	 	15	 
	 SECTION 2.02.
	 	 Form and Dating
	  	 	16	 
	 SECTION 2.03.
	 	 Execution and Authentication
	  	 	17	 
	 SECTION 2.04.
	 	 Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent
	  	 	18	 
	 SECTION 2.05.
	 	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	 	19	 
	 SECTION 2.06.
	 	 Holder Lists
	  	 	19	 
	 SECTION 2.07.
	 	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	20	 
	 SECTION 2.08.
	 	 Replacement Notes
	  	 	20	 
	 SECTION 2.09.
	 	 Outstanding Notes
	  	 	21	 
	 SECTION 2.10.
	 	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	21	 
	 SECTION 2.11.
	 	 Cancellation
	  	 	21	 
	 SECTION 2.12.
	 	 Common Codes, CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
	  	 	22	 
	 SECTION 2.13.
	 	 Currency
	  	 	22	 
	 SECTION 2.14.
	 	 Certain Transfers in Connection with and After the Exchange Offer under the Registration Rights
Agreement
	  	 	23	 
	 SECTION 2.15.
	 	 Exchange Offer
	  	 	23	 
	
	 ARTICLE 3
	  

		
	 Redemption
	  	 	24	 
			
	 SECTION 3.01.
	 	 Notices to Trustee
	  	 	24	 
	 SECTION 3.02.
	 	 Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed or Repurchased
	  	 	24	 
	 SECTION 3.03.
	 	 Notice of Redemption
	  	 	25	 
	 SECTION 3.04.
	 	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	 	26	 
	 SECTION 3.05.
	 	 Deposit of Redemption Price
	  	 	26	 
	 SECTION 3.06.
	 	 Notes Redeemed in Part
	  	 	26	 
	 SECTION 3.07.
	 	 Publication
	  	 	26	 

  
 i 

							
	ARTICLE 4	  

		
	Covenants	  	 	27	 
			
	 SECTION 4.01.
	 	 Payment of Notes
	  	 	27	 
	 SECTION 4.02.
	 	 Withholding Taxes
	  	 	27	 
	 SECTION 4.03.
	 	 Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control Triggering Event
	  	 	30	 
	 SECTION 4.04.
	 	 U.S. Federal Income Tax Treatment of NXP Funding
	  	 	32	 
	 SECTION 4.05.
	 	 Limitation on Liens
	  	 	32	 
	 SECTION 4.06.
	 	 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions
	  	 	32	 
	 SECTION 4.07.
	 	 Guarantee by the Parent
	  	 	33	 
	 SECTION 4.08.
	 	 Reports
	  	 	33	 
	 SECTION 4.09.
	 	 Compliance Certificate
	  	 	34	 
	 SECTION 4.10.
	 	 Further Instruments and Acts
	  	 	34	 
	
	ARTICLE 5	  

		
	Successor Company	  	 	34	 
			
	 SECTION 5.01.
	 	 Merger and Consolidation of the Company
	  	 	34	 
	 SECTION 5.02.
	 	 Merger and Consolidation of NXP Funding
	  	 	36	 
	 SECTION 5.03.
	 	 Merger and Consolidation of the Parent
	  	 	36	 
	 SECTION 5.04.
	 	 Merger and Consolidation of NXP USA
	  	 	38	 
	
	ARTICLE 6	  

		
	Defaults and Remedies	  	 	39	 
			
	 SECTION 6.01.
	 	 Events of Default
	  	 	39	 
	 SECTION 6.02.
	 	 Acceleration
	  	 	40	 
	 SECTION 6.03.
	 	 Other Remedies
	  	 	41	 
	 SECTION 6.04.
	 	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	41	 
	 SECTION 6.05.
	 	 Control by Majority
	  	 	41	 
	 SECTION 6.06.
	 	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	42	 
	 SECTION 6.07.
	 	 [Reserved]
	  	 	42	 
	 SECTION 6.08.
	 	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	42	 
	 SECTION 6.09.
	 	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	42	 
	 SECTION 6.10.
	 	 Priorities
	  	 	42	 
	 SECTION 6.11.
	 	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	43	 
	 SECTION 6.12.
	 	 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
	  	 	43	 
	
	ARTICLE 7	  

		
	Trustee	  	 	43	 
			
	 SECTION 7.01.
	 	 Duties of Trustee
	  	 	43	 

  
 ii 

							
	 SECTION 7.02.
	 	 Rights of Trustee
	  	 	45	 
	 SECTION 7.03.
	 	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	 	47	 
	 SECTION 7.04.
	 	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	47	 
	 SECTION 7.05.
	 	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	47	 
	 SECTION 7.06.
	 	 Reports by Trustee to Holders
	  	 	47	 
	 SECTION 7.07.
	 	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	48	 
	 SECTION 7.08.
	 	 Replacement of Trustee
	  	 	49	 
	 SECTION 7.09.
	 	 Successor Trustee by Merger
	  	 	50	 
	 SECTION 7.10.
	 	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	 	51	 
	 SECTION 7.11.
	 	 Certain Provisions
	  	 	51	 
	 SECTION 7.12.
	 	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer
	  	 	51	 
	
	ARTICLE 8	  

		
	Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance	  	 	51	 
			
	 SECTION 8.01.
	 	 Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance
	  	 	51	 
	 SECTION 8.02.
	 	 Conditions to Defeasance
	  	 	52	 
	 SECTION 8.03.
	 	 Application of Trust Money
	  	 	54	 
	 SECTION 8.04.
	 	 Repayment to Issuers
	  	 	54	 
	 SECTION 8.05.
	 	 Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations
	  	 	54	 
	 SECTION 8.06.
	 	 Reinstatement
	  	 	54	 
	
	ARTICLE 9	  

		
	Amendments	  	 	55	 
			
	 SECTION 9.01.
	 	 Without Consent of Holders
	  	 	55	 
	 SECTION 9.02.
	 	 With Consent of Holders
	  	 	55	 
	 SECTION 9.03.
	 	 Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers
	  	 	57	 
	 SECTION 9.04.
	 	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	57	 
	 SECTION 9.05.
	 	 Trustee to Sign Amendments
	  	 	58	 
	 SECTION 9.06.
	 	 Payment for Consent
	  	 	58	 
	
	ARTICLE 10	  

		
	Note Guarantee	  	 	58	 
			
	 SECTION 10.01.
	 	 Note Guarantee.
	  	 	58	 
	 SECTION 10.02.
	 	 [Reserved]
	  	 	60	 
	 SECTION 10.03.
	 	 Successors and Assigns
	  	 	60	 
	 SECTION 10.04.
	 	 No Waiver
	  	 	61	 
	 SECTION 10.05.
	 	 Modification
	  	 	61	 
	 SECTION 10.06.
	 	 Non-Impairment
	  	 	61	 

  
 iii 

							
	ARTICLE 11	  

	Miscellaneous	  	 	61	 
			
	 SECTION 11.01.
	 	 Trust Indenture Act of 1939
	  	 	61	 
	 SECTION 11.02.
	 	 Noteholder Communications; Noteholder Actions
	  	 	61	 
	 SECTION 11.03.
	 	 Notices
	  	 	62	 
	 SECTION 11.04.
	 	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	 	63	 
	 SECTION 11.05.
	 	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	 	64	 
	 SECTION 11.06.
	 	 When Notes Disregarded
	  	 	64	 
	 SECTION 11.07.
	 	 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
	  	 	64	 
	 SECTION 11.08.
	 	 Legal Holidays
	  	 	64	 
	 SECTION 11.09.
	 	 Governing Law
	  	 	64	 
	 SECTION 11.10.
	 	 Consent to Jurisdiction and Service
	  	 	64	 
	 SECTION 11.11.
	 	 No Recourse Against Others
	  	 	65	 
	 SECTION 11.12.
	 	 Successors
	  	 	65	 
	 SECTION 11.13.
	 	 Multiple Originals; Electronic Signatures
	  	 	65	 
	 SECTION 11.14.
	 	 Table of Contents; Headings
	  	 	66	 
	 SECTION 11.15.
	 	 Applicable Law; Provision of Information to Trustee
	  	 	66	 
	 SECTION 11.16.
	 	 Force Majeure
	  	 	66	 

  

			
	 Appendix A
	 	 Provisions Relating to the Notes

	 Exhibit A-1
	 	 Form of 2.500% Senior Notes Due 2031

	 Exhibit A-2
	 	 Form of 3.250% Senior Notes Due 2041

	 Exhibit B
	 	 Form of Certificate of Transfer

	 Exhibit C
	 	 Form of Officer’s Compliance Certificate

  
 iv 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 

 

			
	TIA	  	Indenture
	 Section
	  	Section
	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	 (b)
	  	7.08; 7.10
	 311(a)
	  	7.12
	 (b)
	  	7.12
	 312(a)
	  	2.06
	 (b)
	  	11.02
	 (c)
	  	11.02
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	 (b)
	  	7.06
	 (c)
	  	7.06
	 (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.08; 4.09
	 (b)
	  	N.A.
	 (c)(1)
	  	11.04
	 (c)(2)
	  	11.04
	 (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (d)
	  	N.A.
	 (e)
	  	11.05
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	 (b)
	  	7.05; 11.03
	 (c)
	  	7.01
	 (d)
	  	7.01
	 (e)
	  	6.11
	 316(a)(last sentence)
	  	11.06
	 (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	 (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	 (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	 (b)
	  	9.02
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	 (a)(2)
	  	6.09
	 (b)
	  	2.05
	 318(a)
	  	11.01

 N.A. means Not Applicable. 

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture. 

  
 i 

 INDENTURE dated as of May 11, 2021, among NXP B.V. (the “Company”),
NXP Funding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“NXP Funding”) and NXP USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“NXP USA”, and together with NXP Funding and the Company, the “Issuers” and each an
“Issuer”), the Parent (as defined herein) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes. 

This Indenture is subject to, and will be governed by, the provisions of the TIA that are required to be a part of and govern indentures under
the TIA, except as otherwise set forth herein. 
 ARTICLE 1 

Definitions and Incorporation by Reference 

SECTION 1.01.    Definitions 

“2031 Notes” means the Original 2031 Notes, the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Original 2031 Notes and the
Additional 2031 Notes, if any, issued by the Issuers pursuant to this Indenture. 
 “2041 Notes” means the Original 2041
Notes, the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Original 2041 Notes and the Additional 2041 Notes, if any, issued by the Issuers pursuant to this Indenture. 

“actual knowledge” of any Trustee shall be construed to mean that such Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge (actual or
otherwise) of the existence of facts that would impose an obligation on it to make any payment or prohibit it from making any payment unless a Responsible Officer of such Trustee has received written notice that such payments are required or
prohibited by this Indenture in which event the Trustee shall be deemed to have actual knowledge within one Business Day of receiving that notice. 

“Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 

“Attributable Liens” means, in connection with any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, the lesser of (i) the fair market
value of the assets subject to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, as determined by an Officer or the Board of Directors in good faith, and (ii) the present value (discounted at a rate per annum equal to the average interest payable under
the Notes under this Indenture compounded semi-annually) of the obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the term of the related lease. 

 “Below Investment Grade Rating Event” means, with respect to the Notes of a
series, the rating on such series of Notes is lowered in respect of a Change of Control and such series of Notes is rated below an Investment Grade Rating by two of the Rating Agencies on any date from the date of the public notice of an arrangement
that could result in a Change of Control until the end of the 60-day period following public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control (which period shall be extended until the ratings are announced if,
during such 60-day period, the rating of such series of Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by each of the Rating Agencies); provided that a Below Investment Grade Rating
Event otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating shall not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus shall not be deemed a Below Investment Grade Rating Event for purposes of the
definition of Change of Control Triggering Event hereunder) if the Rating Agencies making the reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply do not announce or publicly confirm or inform the Parent or the Company in writing at
its request that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control shall have
occurred at the time of the Below Investment Grade Rating Event). The Parent or the Company shall request the Rating Agencies to make such confirmation in connection with any Change of Control and shall promptly certify to the Trustee as to whether
or not such confirmation has been received or denied. 
 “Board of Directors” means (1) with respect to the Parent,
the Company or any corporation, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of the corporation, or any duly authorized committee thereof; (2) with respect to any partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general
partner of the partnership or any duly authorized committee thereof; and (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or any duly authorized committee of such Person serving a similar function. Whenever any provision requires any action or
determination to be made by, or any approval of, a Board of Directors, such action, determination or approval shall be deemed to have been taken or made if approved by a majority of the directors (excluding employee representatives, if any) on any
such Board of Directors (whether or not such action or approval is taken as part of a formal board meeting or as a formal board approval). 

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in London, United
Kingdom, or New York, New York, United States are authorized or required by law to close; provided, however, that for any payments to be made under this Indenture, such day shall also be a day on which the second generation Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (“TARGET2”) payment system is open for the settlement of payments. 

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase, warrants or options for, or other equivalents
of or partnership or other interests in (however designated), equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity. 

  
 2 

 “Change of Control” means: 

 

	 	(1)	 the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) resulting in
any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the U.S. Exchange Act) becoming the “beneficial owner” (as such term is used in Rules
13d-3 and 13d-5 under the U.S. Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company (or its successor); provided, however, that a transaction will not be
deemed to involve a Change of Control under this clause (1) if (x) the Company becomes a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company (including the Parent) and (y)(i) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of
such holding company (including the Parent) immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Company’s Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction or (ii) immediately following that transaction
no “person” or “group” of related persons (other than a holding company (including the Parent) satisfying the requirements of this sentence) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of
such holding company (including the Parent); or 

  

	 	(2)	 the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition, in one transaction or a series of related
transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than (x) where the Company is the surviving entity following such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other
disposition, (y) a Subsidiary or (z) any such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition where the shares of the Company’s Voting Stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction constitute, or are converted into or
exchanged for, a majority of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person or parent entity thereof immediately after giving effect to such transaction. 

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means, with respect to the Notes, the occurrence of a Change of Control together with a
Below Investment Grade Rating Event. 
 “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, at any date, the total assets appearing
on the Parent’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, prepared in accordance with GAAP, less all current liabilities as shown on such balance sheet, and Intangible Assets. 

“Credit Facility” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, indentures or
other arrangements (including the Revolving Credit Agreement or commercial paper facilities and overdraft facilities) with banks, other financial institutions or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, receivables
financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, as amended, restated,
modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another
administrative agent or agents or other banks or institutions and whether provided under the Revolving Credit Agreement or one or more other credit or other agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise) and in each case including all
agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any Guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security

  
 3 

 
agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or
guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof. 

“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy,
assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights
of creditors generally. 
 “Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an
Event of Default. 
 “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company or any successor securities clearing agency. 

“Dollar Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than dollars, at any time of determination
thereof by the Company or the Trustee, the amount of dollars obtained by converting such currency other than dollars involved in such computation into dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of dollars with the applicable currency other than
dollars as published in The Financial Times in the “Currency Rates” section (or, if The Financial Times is no longer published, or if such information is no longer available in The Financial Times, such source as may be selected in good
faith by an Officer or the Board of Directors) on the date of such determination. 
 “Exchange Notes” means, with respect
to the Original Notes, notes issued in exchange for the Original Notes pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Notes, notes issued in exchange for such Additional Notes pursuant to the terms of a
registration rights agreement among the Issuers and the initial purchasers of such Additional Notes. 
 “Exchange Offer”
has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Existing Issuers” means the Company and NXP Funding.

 “Existing Notes” means, collectively, the Existing Issuers’ dollar-denominated 3.875% Senior Notes due 2022,
dollar-denominated 4.625% Senior Notes due 2023, dollar-denominated 4.875% Senior Notes due 2024, dollar-denominated 2.700% Senior Notes due 2025, dollar-denominated 5.350% Senior Notes due 2026, dollar-denominated 3.875% Senior Notes due 2026,
dollar-denominated 3.150% Senior Notes due 2027, dollar-denominated 5.550% Senior Notes due 2028, dollar-denominated 4.300% Senior Notes due 2029 and dollar-denominated 3.400% Senior Notes due 2030. 

  
 4 

 “Fair market value” may be conclusively established by means of an
Officer’s Certificate or a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent setting out such fair market value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith. 

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings Limited or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating
Organization. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the
date of any calculation or determination required hereunder. Except as otherwise set forth in this Indenture, all ratios and calculations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in accordance with GAAP. At any time after the
Issue Date, the Company may elect to establish that GAAP shall mean the GAAP as in effect on or prior to the date of such election, provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable. At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may
elect to apply International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided
elsewhere in this Indenture), including as to the ability of the Company to make an election pursuant to the previous sentence; provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided, further, that any calculation or
determination in this Indenture that require the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Company’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP;
provided, further again, that the Company may only make such election if it also elects to report any subsequent financial reports required to be made by the Company, including pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the U.S. Exchange
Act, in IFRS. The Company shall give notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the Holders. 

“Governmental Authority” means any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or other political
subdivision thereof, and any entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, self-regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including a central bank or stock exchange. 

“Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness
of any other Person, including any such obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person: 

(1)    to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of
such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to
take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or 

(2)    entered into primarily for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such
Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); 

  
 5 

 provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements
for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 

“Guarantor” means the Parent. 

“Holder” means each Person in whose name the Notes are registered on the Registrar’s books, which shall initially be the
respective nominee of DTC. 
 “Incur” means issue, create, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur, extend or otherwise
become liable for; and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing and any Indebtedness pursuant to any revolving credit or similar facility shall only be “Incurred” at the time any
funds are borrowed thereunder. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without
duplication), (a) indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, including indebtedness evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, if and to the extent such indebtedness would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of
such Person (excluding any notes thereto) prepared on the basis of GAAP, and (b) all Indebtedness of others guaranteed by such Person. 

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any time in the case of a revolving credit or similar facility shall be the total amounts of funds
borrowed and then outstanding. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be determined as set forth above or otherwise provided in this Indenture, and (other than with respect to guarantees of Indebtedness specified in clause
(b) above) shall equal the amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person (excluding any notes thereto) prepared on the basis of GAAP. 

Notwithstanding the above provisions, in no event shall the following constitute Indebtedness: 

 

	 	(i)	 contingent obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

 

	 	(ii)	 in connection with the purchase by a Person of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the
seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of
any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 30 days thereafter; or 

 

	 	(iii)	 for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement
or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes. 

“Intangible Assets” means the value (net of applicable reserves), as shown on or reflected in the Parent’s most recent
consolidated balance sheet, of (i) all trade names, trademarks, licenses, 

  
 6 

 
patents, copyrights and goodwill, (ii) organizational and development costs, (iii) deferred charges (other than prepaid items such as insurance, taxes, interest, commissions, rents and
similar items and tangible assets being amortized) and (iv) unamortized debt discount and expenses, less unamortized premium. 

“interest” means, with respect to the Notes, interest and Additional Interest. 

“Investment Grade Rating” means (i) with respect to Moody’s, a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the
equivalent), (ii) with respect to S&P, a rating equal to or higher than BBB- (or the equivalent), and (iii) with respect to Fitch, a rating equal to or higher than
BBB- (or the equivalent) (or, in each case, if such Rating Agency ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the Company’s control, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any Rating
Agency selected by the Company as a replacement Rating Agency). 
 “Issue Date” means May 11, 2021. 

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale
or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof). 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors
Service, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization. 

“Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization” means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within
the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) of the U.S. Exchange Act. 
 “Note Documents” means the Notes (including Additional
Notes) and this Indenture. 
 “Note Guarantee” has the meaning given to such term in Section 10.01. 

“Notes” means, collectively, the 2031 Notes and the 2041 Notes. 

“Obligors” means, collectively, the Issuers and the Parent. 

“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum of the Issuers dated as of May 4, 2021 in connection with the
offering and sale of the Notes. 
 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, (1) the Chairman of the Board of
Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Managing Director or the Secretary (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity,
of such entity, or (2) any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors of such Person. 

“Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person. 

  
 7 

 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee. The legal counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Parent or its Subsidiaries. 
 “Original 2031
Notes” means the $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 2.500% Senior Notes due 2031 of the Issuers issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date. 

“Original 2041 Notes” means the $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 3.250% Senior Notes due 2041 of the Issuers
issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date. 
 “Original Notes” means, collectively, the Original 2031 Notes and the
Original 2041 Notes. 
 “Parent” means NXP Semiconductors N.V. or any successor thereto. 

“Participating Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 

 

	 	(1)	 Liens on property, other assets or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (or
at the time the Company or a Subsidiary acquires such property, other assets or shares of stock, including any acquisition by means of a merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction with or into the Company or any Subsidiary);
provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in anticipation of or in connection with such other Person becoming a Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property, other assets or stock); provided, further, that such
Liens are limited to all or part of the same property, other assets or stock (plus improvements, accession, proceeds or dividends or distributions in connection with the original property, other assets or stock) that secured (or, under the written
arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate; 

  

	 	(2)	 Liens on assets or property of the Company or any Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the
Company or such Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Subsidiary, or Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(3)	 Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness that was previously permitted to be
secured under this Indenture; 

  

	 	(4)	 Liens on assets or property of the Company or any Subsidiary securing hedging obligations; and

  

	 	(5)	 other Liens (including successive extensions, renewals, alterations or replacements thereof) not excepted by
clauses (1) through (3) above, provided that after giving effect thereto the aggregate principal amount of the Secured Indebtedness of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries secured by such Liens does not exceed the greater of (A)
$1,250 million and (B) 15% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, in each case after giving effect to such Incurrence and the application of the proceeds therefrom. 

  
 8 

 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“Preferred Stock” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however
designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person. 

“Principal Property” means property, plant and equipment owned by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, provided that
the book value of such property is an amount greater than 1.00% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. 
 “Rating Agencies”
means each of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch or any of their respective successors, provided that, if any of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch or all of them shall cease rating the Notes (for reasons outside the control of the Company), the Company
shall select any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization. 
 “Refinance” means refinance, refund,
replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell, extend or increase (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and
“refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Indenture shall have a correlative meaning. 
 “Refinancing
Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness existing on the date of this Indenture or
Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Company and Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or another
Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that: 
  

	 	(1)	 if the Indebtedness being refinanced constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a
final Stated Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is the same as or later than the final Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or, if shorter, the applicable series of Notes; 

 

	 	(2)	 such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue
discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus,
without duplication, any additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay interest or premiums required by the instruments governing such existing Indebtedness and costs, expenses and fees Incurred in connection therewith); and 

  
 9 

	 	(3)	 if the Indebtedness being refinanced is expressly subordinated to the applicable series of Notes, such
Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to such Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; 

provided, however, that Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Credit Facility or any other Indebtedness may be Incurred from time to time after
the termination, discharge or repayment of any such Credit Facility or other Indebtedness. 
 “Registration Rights
Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement related to the Original Notes, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuers, the Parent and the initial purchasers named therein and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more
registration rights agreements between the Issuers and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Issuers to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act. 

“Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Department of the
Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust
matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such individual’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 

“Revolving Credit Agreement” means the revolving credit agreement entered into on June 11, 2019 by, among others, the
Company and NXP Funding, as borrowers, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, the lenders and letter of credit issuers from time to time party thereto, and the other parties thereto, as may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from
time to time, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereto. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s
Investors Ratings Services or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization. 

“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to any Principal Property owned by the Company or a
Significant Subsidiary on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired by the Company or a Significant Subsidiary whereby the Company or a Significant Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or a Significant Subsidiary leases it from
such Person. 
 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto. 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien and any Attributable Lien. 

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated
thereunder, as amended. 

  
 10 

 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that meets any of the
following conditions: 
  

	 	(1)	 the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ investments in and advances to the Subsidiary exceed 10% of the
Total Assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year; 

  

	 	(2)	 the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of the Total Assets (after intercompany
eliminations) of the Subsidiary exceeds 10% of the Total Assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year; or 

 

	 	(3)	 the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ equity in the income from continuing operations before income
taxes, extraordinary items and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of the Subsidiary exclusive of any amounts attributable to any non-controlling interests exceeds 10% of such income of the
Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the most recently completed fiscal year. 

 “Stated
Maturity” means, with respect to any indebtedness or security, the date specified in such indebtedness or security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such indebtedness or security is due and payable, including pursuant
to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, any Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or
thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement. 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 
  

	 	(1)	 any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited
liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at
the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or 

 

	 	(2)	 any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which: 

 

	 	(a)	 more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or
limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or
limited partnership interests or otherwise; and 

  

	 	(b)	 such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such
entity. 

  
 11 

 “Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Subsidiary of the Parent that Guarantees the
Notes. 
 “Taxes” means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, duties, assessments and
withholdings and any charges of a similar nature (including interest, penalties and other liabilities with respect thereto) that are imposed or levied by any government or other taxing authority. 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. 

“Total Assets” means the consolidated total assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP as shown on the
most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Parent. 
 “Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of
computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days (but not more than
five Business Days) prior to the redemption date (or, if such statistical release is not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by an Officer or the Board of Directors in good faith)) most nearly
equal to the period from the redemption date to February 11, 2031 (the date three months prior to the maturity date of the 2031 Notes), with regard to the 2031 Notes or November 11, 2040 (the date six months prior to the maturity date of
the 2041 Notes), with regard to the 2041 Notes; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to February 11, 2031 (the date three months prior to the maturity date of the 2031 Notes), with regard to the 2031 Notes or
November 11, 2040 (the date six months prior to the maturity date of the 2041 Notes), with regard to the 2041 Notes, is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the
Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given,
except that if the period from the redemption date to such applicable date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 

“Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code. 

“U.S. Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the
SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended. 
 “U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (1) direct
obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of
America the timely payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the Company thereof, and shall also
include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government
Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such
depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depositary receipt. 

  
 12 

 “Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such
Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors. 
 “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a
Subsidiary of the Company or the Parent, as applicable, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by any applicable law or regulation to be held by a Person other than the Company or the
Parent, as applicable, or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary) is owned by the Company or the Parent, as applicable, or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary. 

SECTION 1.02.    Other Definitions 
  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
	 “Additional 2031 Notes”
	  	2.01
	 “Additional 2041 Notes”
	  	2.01
	 “Additional Amounts”
	  	4.02(a)
	 “Additional Notes”
	  	2.01
	 “Agent Members”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Applicable Law”
	  	11.15
	 “Applicable Procedures”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Authorized Agent”
	  	11.10
	 “Company”
	  	Preamble
	 “covenant defeasance option”
	  	8.01(b)
	 “defeasance trust”
	  	8.02(a)(1)
	 “Definitive Note”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01(a)
	 “Global Note Legend”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Guaranteed Obligations”
	  	10.01(a)
	 “Issuers”
	  	Preamble
	 “legal defeasance option”
	  	8.01(b)
	 “Notes Custodian”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Offer to Purchase”
	  	4.03(a)
	 “Offer Expiration Date”
	  	4.03(c)
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.04(a)
	 “Payor”
	  	4.02(a)
	 “Permitted Payments”
	  	4.06(c)
	 “Private Placement Legend”
	  	Appendix A
	 “protected purchaser”
	  	2.08
	 “purchase date”
	  	4.03(c)
	 “Purchase Price”
	  	4.03(c)
	 “QIB”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Qualified Institutional Buyer”
	  	Appendix A

  
 13 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
	 “Regulation S”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”
	  	4.02(a)(3)
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.04(a)
	 “Restricted Period”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Restricted Notes Legend”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Successor Company”
	  	5.01(a)(1)
	 “Successor Parent”
	  	5.03(a)(1)
	 “Transfer Agent”
	  	2.04(a)
	 “Transfer Restricted Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Trustee”
	  	Preamble

 SECTION 1.03.    Incorporation by Reference of TIA 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the portion of such provision required to be incorporated herein in order for this
Indenture to be qualified under the TIA is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms have the following meanings: 

“Commission” means the SEC. 

“indenture securities” means the Notes and the Note Guarantee. 

“indenture security holder” means a Holder. 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee. 

“obligor on the indenture securities” means the Issuers, the Parent and any other obligor on the indenture securities. 

All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule
have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions. 
 SECTION 1.04.    Rules of Construction 

Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(a)     a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(b)     an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

  
 14 

 (c)     “or” is not exclusive; 

(d)     “including” means including without limitation; 

(e)     words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 

(f)    whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable
under or with respect to any Note, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Interest to the extent that, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable in respect thereof; and 

(g)     unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of
its nature as unsecured Indebtedness. 
 ARTICLE 2 

The Notes 
 SECTION
2.01.    Issuable in Series 
 The 2031 Notes are a single series and shall be substantially identical except as
to denomination. The 2041 Notes are a single series and shall be substantially identical except as to denomination. Additional Notes issued after the Issue Date may be issued in one or more series. The Issuers may, without the consent of the
Holders, increase the principal amount of the 2031 Notes and/or the 2041 Notes by issuing additional 2031 Notes (“Additional 2031 Notes”) and/or additional 2041 Notes (“Additional 2041 Notes”, together with the
Additional 2031 Notes, the “Additional Notes”), as applicable, in the future on the same terms and conditions, except for any differences in the issue price, the interest (whether accrued prior to the issue date of the Additional
Notes or otherwise) or the maturity. The Additional Notes will have the same CUSIP number as the 2031 Notes or the 2041 Notes, as applicable, provided that any Additional Notes that are not fungible with the 2031 Notes or the 2041 Notes, as
applicable, for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be issued under a separate CUSIP number. 
 With respect to any Additional Notes
issued after the Issue Date (except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.10 or 3.06 or Appendix A), there shall be
(a) established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and (b)(i) set forth or determined in the manner provided in an Officer’s Certificate of the Company or (ii) established in one or more
indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of such Additional Notes: 
 (1)    whether such Additional Notes
shall be issued as part of a new or existing series of Notes and the title of such Additional Notes (which shall distinguish the Additional Notes of the series from Notes of any other series); 

  
 15 

 (2)    the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes which
may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes of the same series pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.10 or
3.06 or Appendix A and except for Notes which, pursuant to Section 2.03, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder); 

(3)    the date or dates on which the principal of any such Additional Notes is payable, or the method by which such date
or dates shall be determined or extended; 
 (4)    the issue price and issuance date of such Additional Notes,
including the date from which interest on such Additional Notes shall accrue, the rate or rates at which such Additional Notes shall bear interest, if any, or the method by which such rate or rates shall be determined, the date or dates on which
such interest shall be payable and the record date, if any, for the interest payable on any interest payment date; 

(5)    the period or period within the date or dates on which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions
upon which any such Additional Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Issuers; and 

(6)    if applicable, that such Additional Notes shall be issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global
Notes and, in such case, the respective depositaries for such Global Notes, the form of any legend or legends which shall be borne by such Global Notes in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Exhibit A hereto and any circumstances in
addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Section 2.3 of Appendix A in which any such Global Note may be exchanged in whole or in part for Additional Notes registered, or any transfer of such Global Note in whole or in part may be
registered, in the name or names of Persons other than the depositary for such Global Note or a nominee thereof. 
 If any of the terms of
any Additional Notes are established by action taken pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by an Officer’s Certificate and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to
the delivery of the Officer’s Certificate of the Company or the indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Notes. 

This Indenture is unlimited in aggregate principal amount. The Original Notes and, if issued, any Additional Notes will be treated as a single
class for all purposes under this Indenture, including with respect to voting, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase, except as otherwise specified with respect to a new series of Additional Notes. 

SECTION 2.02.    Form and Dating 

Provisions relating to the Notes are set forth in Appendix A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The
(a) Original Notes and (b) any Additional Notes (if issued as Transfer Restricted Notes) shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit
A-2, as applicable (in the event of Additional Notes, with such changes as may be required to reflect any differing terms), which are hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. Any
Additional Notes issued other than as Transfer Restricted Notes shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2, as

  
 16 

 
applicable (without the Restricted Notes Legend), which are hereby incorporated in and expressly made part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by
law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Issuers are subject, if any, or usage, provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company and the Trustee. Each Note shall be dated the date of its
authentication. The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form and only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

SECTION 2.03.    Execution and Authentication 

One Officer shall sign the Notes for each Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid
nevertheless. 
 A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee or an authentication agent manually or
electronically signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 

The Trustee or an authentication agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery Notes as set forth in Appendix A following receipt
of an authentication order signed by an Officer of each Issuer directing the Trustee or an authentication agent to authenticate such Notes. 

The Trustee may appoint an authentication agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be
evidenced by an instrument signed by a Responsible Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuers. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authentication agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each
reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authentication agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 

Notwithstanding the above provisions, facsimile, documents executed, authenticated, scanned and transmitted electronically and electronic
signatures, including those created or transmitted through a software platform or application, shall be deemed manual signatures for purposes of this Indenture, Notes and other related documents and all matters and instruments, agreements, documents
and certificates related thereto, with such facsimile, scanned and electronic signatures having the same legal effect as manual signatures. 

The parties agree that this Indenture, the Notes or any other related document or any instrument, agreement, document or certificate necessary
for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture, the Notes or the other related documents or related hereto or thereto (including, without limitation, addendums, amendments, notices, instructions, communications with respect
to the delivery of securities or the wire transfer of funds or other communications) (the “Executed Documentation”) may be accepted, executed, authenticated or agreed to through the use of an electronic signature in accordance with
applicable laws, rules and regulations in effect from time to time applicable to the effectiveness and enforceability of 

  
 17 

 
electronic signatures. Any Executed Documentation accepted, executed, authenticated or agreed to in conformity with such laws, rules and regulations will be binding on all parties hereto to the
same extent as if it were physically executed, and each party hereby consents to the use of any third party electronic signature capture service providers as may be reasonably chosen by a signatory hereto or thereto. 

When the Trustee acts on any Executed Documentation sent by electronic transmission, except where due to bad faith, the Trustee will not be
responsible or liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from its reliance upon and compliance with such Executed Documentation, notwithstanding that such Executed Documentation (a) may not be an authorized or
authentic communication of the party involved or in the form such party sent or intended to send (whether due to fraud, distortion or otherwise) or (b) may conflict with, or be inconsistent with, a subsequent written instruction or
communication; it being understood and agreed that the Trustee shall conclusively presume that Executed Documentation that purports to have been sent by an authorized officer of a Person has been sent by an authorized officer of such Person. The
party providing Executed Documentation through electronic transmission or otherwise with electronic signatures agrees to assume all risks arising out of such electronic methods, including, without limitation, the risk of the Trustee acting on
unauthorized instructions and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties. 
 SECTION 2.04.    Registrar,
Transfer Agent and Paying Agent 
 (a)    The Issuers shall maintain a registrar (the “Registrar”)
and a transfer agent in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York where Notes may be presented for transfer or exchange (the “Transfer Agent”) and for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a
register of the Notes of their transfer and exchange. The Issuers initially appoint Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, who has accepted such appointment, as Paying Agent for the Notes. The Issuers
initially appoint Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, who has accepted such appointment, as Registrar and Transfer Agent.    Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas will act as
Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent in connection with the Global Notes with respect to the Notes settled through DTC. 

(b)    The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to or
appointed under this Indenture. Such agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent, including applicable terms of the TIA that are incorporated into this Indenture. Any Registrar or Paying Agent appointed
hereunder shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture as though a party hereto. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuers fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall
act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. Any Issuer or any Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

(c)    The Issuers may change any Registrar, Paying Agent or Transfer Agent upon written notice to such Registrar, Paying
Agent or Transfer Agent and to the Trustee, without prior notice to the Holders; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate

  
 18 

 
agreement entered into by the Issuers and such successor Registrar, Paying Agent, or Transfer Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) written notification to the
Trustee that the Trustee shall, to the extent that it determines that it is able, serve as Registrar or Paying Agent or Transfer Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. 

(d)    Interest shall be calculated by applying the applicable rate to the principal amount of each Note outstanding at
the commencement of the interest period, computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months and rounding the resultant figure upwards to the
nearest available currency unit. The determination of interest by the Paying Agent shall, in the absence of willful default, bad faith or manifest error, be final and binding on all parties. 

SECTION 2.05.    Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust 

No later than 10:00 a.m. New York time on each due date of the principal of, interest and premium (if any) on any Note, the Issuers shall
deposit with the Paying Agent (or if any Issuer is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal, interest and premium (if any) when so becoming due and
subject to receipt of such monies, the Paying Agent shall make payment on the Notes in accordance with this Indenture. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent to agree in writing (and each Paying Agent party to this Indenture agrees) that the
Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, interest and premium (if any) on the Notes, but such Paying Agent may use such monies as banker in the
ordinary course of business without accounting for profits (other than in the case of Article 8), and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment. If any Issuer acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money
held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon complying with this
Section, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. For the avoidance of doubt, the Paying Agent and the Trustee shall be held harmless and have no liability with respect to payments or disbursements to
be made by the Paying Agent and Trustee for which payment instructions are not made or that are not otherwise deposited by the respective times set forth in this Section 2.05. 

SECTION 2.06.    Holder Lists 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar with respect to a series of Notes, the Issuers shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date with respect to
such series of Notes and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders of such series. 

  
 19 

 SECTION 2.07.    Transfer and Exchange 

The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and in
compliance with Appendix A. When a Note of any series is presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements therefor are met. When Notes of any series are
presented to the Registrar with a written request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of the same series of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. To permit
registration of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee or an authentication agent shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. The Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments
or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section. The Issuers are not required to register the transfer or exchange of any Notes (i) for a period of 15 days prior to any date fixed for the
redemption of any Notes, (ii) for a period of 15 days immediately prior to the date fixed for selection of Notes to be redeemed in part or (iii) which the Holder has tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change
of Control Triggering Event. 
 Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying
Agent, and the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal and (subject to Section 2 of the Notes) interest, if any, on such
Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and no Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interest in such Global Note may be
effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (b) any Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall
be required to be reflected in a book entry. 
 All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall
evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 

SECTION 2.08.    Replacement Notes 

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully
taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee or an authentication agent shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the
Holder (a) notifies the Issuers or the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification,
(b) makes such request to the Issuers or the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected
purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuers to protect
the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers 

  
 20 

 
and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel. In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully
taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuers in their discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note of the same series in replacement thereof. 

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuers. 

The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to
the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes. 
 SECTION 2.09.    Outstanding
Notes 
 Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee or an authentication agent except for those canceled by
it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding. Subject to Section 11.06, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuers or an Affiliate of any Issuer holds the Note.

 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuers receive proof
satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 
 If the Paying Agent receives (or if any Issuer is acting as
Paying Agent and such Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust) in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest and premium, if any, payable on that date with respect to
the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such amount to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such
Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 
 SECTION
2.10.    Temporary Notes 
 In the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture,
until such Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee or an authentication agent shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations
that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee or an authentication agent shall authenticate Definitive Notes and deliver them in exchange for temporary Notes upon
surrender of such temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuers, without charge to the Holder. 
 SECTION
2.11.    Cancellation 
 The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar
and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or
cancellation and shall dispose of 

  
 21 

 
canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures or deliver canceled Notes to the Issuers pursuant to written direction by an Officer of any Issuer. Certification of the destruction of
all canceled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuers. The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. Neither the Trustee nor an authentication agent shall authenticate Notes
in place of canceled Notes other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 2.12.    Common Codes,
CUSIP and ISIN Numbers 
 The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use Common Codes, CUSIP and ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and,
if so, the Trustee shall use Common Codes, CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers
either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of
such numbers. The Issuers will promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of any change in the Common Code, CUSIP or ISIN numbers. 

SECTION 2.13.    Currency 

The U.S. dollar, is the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuers under or in connection with the Notes,
including damages. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than the U.S. dollar, whether as a result of, or the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the
winding-up or dissolution of any Issuer or otherwise by any Holder of a Note, as the case may be, or by the Trustee, in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Issuers will only constitute a
discharge to the Issuers to the extent of the U.S. dollar amount which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make
that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so). 
 If that U.S. dollar amount is less than the U.S.
dollar amount expressed to be due to the recipient or the Trustee under any Note, the Issuers will indemnify them against any loss sustained by such recipient or the Trustee as a result. In any event, the Issuers will indemnify the recipient or the
Trustee against the cost of making any such purchase. For the purposes of this currency indemnity provision, it will be prima facie evidence of the matter stated therein for the Holder of a Note or the Trustee to certify in a manner reasonably
satisfactory to the Issuers (indicating the sources of information used) the loss it incurred in making any such purchase. These indemnities constitute a separate and independent obligation from the Issuers’ other obligations, will give rise to
a separate and independent cause of action, will apply irrespective of any waiver granted by any Holder of a Note or the Trustee (other than a waiver of the indemnities set out herein) and will continue in full force and effect despite any other
judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under any Note or to the Trustee. 

  
 22 

 Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, for purposes of determining compliance
with any dollar-denominated restriction herein, the Dollar Equivalent amount for purposes hereof that is denominated in a non-dollar currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in
effect on the date such non-dollar amount is Incurred or made, as the case may be. 
 The Company
may elect irrevocably to convert all dollar-denominated restrictions into non-dollar-denominated restrictions at the applicable spot rate of exchange prevailing on the date of such election, and all references
in this Indenture to determining Dollar Equivalents and dollar amounts shall apply mutatis mutandis as though referring to non-dollar amounts. 

SECTION 2.14.    Certain Transfers in Connection with and After the Exchange Offer under the Registration Rights
Agreement 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture: 

(a)    no Exchange Notes issued may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Original Note; 

(b)    accrued and unpaid interest on the Original Notes being exchanged in the Exchange Offer shall be due and payable on
the next interest payment date for the Exchange Notes following the Exchange Offer and shall be paid to the Holder of the Exchange Notes issued in respect of the Original Notes being exchanged; and 

(c)    interest on the Original Notes being exchanged in the Exchange Offer shall cease to accrue on (and including) the
date of completion of the Exchange Offer and interest on the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer shall accrue from (but excluding) the date of the completion of the Exchange Offer. 

SECTION 2.15.    Exchange Offer 

Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer with respect to the Notes of a series, the Issuers will issue and, upon a written order of the
Company, the Trustee will authenticate: 
 (a)    one or more Global Notes of such series not bearing the Private
Placement Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Global Notes of such series bearing the Private Placement Legend that are accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that
(i) are not Participating Broker-Dealers, (ii) are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (iii) are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers, as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate from the
Issuers to such effect; or 
 (b)    one or more Definitive Notes of such series not bearing the Private Placement
Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Notes of such series bearing the Private Placement Legend that are accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that (i) are not Participating
Broker-Dealers, (ii) are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (iii) are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers, as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuers to such effect. 

  
 23 

 Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal
amount of the applicable Global Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted
Definitive Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend in the appropriate principal amount. 
 ARTICLE 3 

Redemption 
 SECTION
3.01.    Notices to Trustee 
 If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to Sections 5 or 6 of the Notes,
they shall notify the Trustee and the relevant Paying Agent in writing of the redemption date and the series and principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the section of the Note pursuant to which the redemption will occur. 

The Issuers shall give each written notice to the Trustee and the relevant Paying Agent provided for in this Article 3 at least 15 days,
but not more than 60 days, before the redemption date unless the Trustee or the relevant Paying Agent (as the case may be) consents to a shorter period. In the case of a redemption pursuant to Section 5 of the Notes, such notice shall be
accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuers to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein. 

In the case of a redemption provided for by Section 6 of the Note, prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of the
Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuers will deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that they are entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to
their right so to redeem have been satisfied and (b) an opinion of an independent tax counsel of recognized standing to the effect that the circumstances referred to above exist. The Trustee will accept such Officer’s Certificate and
opinion as sufficient existence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders. Any such notice may be canceled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being
mailed to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. 
 SECTION 3.02.    Selection of Notes To Be
Redeemed or Repurchased 
 If less than all of the Notes of a series are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee or the Registrar, as
applicable, will select the Notes of such series for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes of such series are listed, as certified to the Trustee or the Registrar, as
applicable, by the Issuers, and in compliance with the requirements of DTC, or if the Notes of such series are not so listed or such exchange prescribes no method of selection and the Notes of such series are not held through DTC, or DTC prescribes
no method of selection, on a pro rata basis; provided, however, that no Note of $2,000 in aggregate principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part and only Notes in integral multiples of $1,000 will be redeemed. Neither the Trustee nor
the Registrar will be liable for any selections made by it in accordance with this Section. Provisions of this Indenture that 

  
 24 

 
apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee or the Registrar, as applicable, shall notify the Issuers promptly of the Notes or portions
of Notes to be redeemed. 
 SECTION 3.03.    Notice of Redemption. 

(a) At least 15 days but not more than 60 days before a date for redemption of Notes, the Issuers shall transmit a notice of redemption in
accordance with Section 11.03 and as provided below to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address; provided, however, that any notice of a redemption provided for by Section 6 of the Notes shall not
be given (i) earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would be obligated to make a payment of Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due and (ii) unless at the time such notice is given,
the obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect. 
 The notice shall identify the Notes of a series to be redeemed and shall
state: 
 (1)     the redemption date; 

(2)     the redemption price, and, if applicable, the appropriate calculation of such redemption price and the amount of
accrued interest to the redemption date; 
 (3)     the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(4)     that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(5)     if fewer than all the outstanding Notes of a series are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers and principal
amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed; 
 (6)     that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption
payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on the Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 

(7)     the Common Codes, CUSIP or ISIN number, as applicable, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed; and 

(8)     that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the Common Codes, CUSIP or ISIN number, as
applicable, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes being redeemed. 
 (b)    At the Issuers’
request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ name and at the Issuers’ expense. In such event, the Issuers shall provide the Trustee and the Paying Agent with the information required and within the time periods
specified by this Section 3.03. 

  
 25 

 SECTION 3.04.    Effect of Notice of Redemption 

Once notice of redemption is delivered, Notes called for redemption cease to accrue interest, become due and payable on the redemption date and
at the redemption price stated in the notice, provided, however, that any redemption notice given in respect of the redemption referred to in Section 5 of the Notes may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of
one or more conditions precedent to the extent permitted under such Section 5. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, the Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest, if any, to the redemption date;
provided, however, that if the redemption date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the interest payment date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date.
Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder. 
 SECTION
3.05.    Deposit of Redemption Price 
 No later than 10:00 a.m. New York time on the redemption date, the Issuers
shall deposit with the relevant Paying Agent (or, if any Issuer is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date
other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuers to the Trustee for cancellation. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption
so long as the Issuers have deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, the Notes to be redeemed, unless the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to
the terms of this Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, the Paying Agent and the Trustee shall be held harmless and have no liability with respect to payments or disbursements to be made by the Paying Agent and Trustee for which payment
instructions are not made or that are not otherwise deposited by the respective times set forth in this Section 3.05. 
 SECTION
3.06.    Notes Redeemed in Part 
 Subject to the terms hereof, upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part,
the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee or an authentication agent shall authenticate, for the Holder (at the Issuers’ expense) a new Note of the same series equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 

SECTION 3.07.    Publication 

Where any notice is required to be published or delivered to DTC pursuant to this Indenture, the Issuers must provide the form of such notice
to the Trustee and the Paying Agents at least 8 Business Days prior to the final date for publication unless the Trustee agrees to a shorter period. 

  
 26 

 ARTICLE 4 

Covenants 
 SECTION
4.01.    Payment of Notes 
 The Issuers shall promptly pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the
dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all
principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 

SECTION 4.02.    Withholding Taxes 

(a)    All payments made by or on behalf of any of the Issuers, the Parent or a successor to an Issuer or the Parent (a
“Payor”) on the Notes or the Note Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any Taxes unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law. If any
deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of: 
 (1)    The
Netherlands, the United States or any political subdivision or Governmental Authority thereof or therein having power to tax; 

(2)    any jurisdiction from or through which payment on any such Note or the Note Guarantee is made by the relevant
Payor or its agents, or any political subdivision or Governmental Authority thereof or therein having the power to tax; or 

(3)    any other jurisdiction in which the Payor is incorporated or organized, engaged in business for tax purposes,
resident for tax purposes, or any political subdivision or Governmental Authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each of clause (1), (2) and (3), a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), 

will at any time be required from any payments made with respect to any Note or the Note Guarantee, including payments of principal,
redemption price, premium, if any, or interest, the Payor will pay (together with such payments) such additional amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received in respect of such
payments by the Holders after such withholding or deduction (including any such deduction or withholding from such Additional Amounts), will not be less than the amounts which would have been received in respect of such payments on any such Note or
the Note Guarantee in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided, however, that no such Additional Amounts will be payable for or on account of: 

(1)    in the case of a Holder that is a U.S. Person (as defined below), any Taxes imposed by the United States or a
political subdivision thereof; 
 (2)    any Taxes that would not have been so imposed but for the existence of any
present or former connection between the relevant Holder or the beneficial owner of a Note (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of power over the relevant Holder or beneficial owner, if the relevant
Holder or beneficial owner is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including being a citizen or resident or national of, or carrying on a business or maintaining a
permanent establishment or a dependent agent in, or being physically present in, the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction) but excluding, in each case, any connection arising solely from the acquisition, ownership or holding of such Note or the receipt of
any payment in respect thereof; 

  
 27 

 (3)    any Taxes that are imposed or withheld by reason of the failure
by the Holder or the beneficial owner of the Note to comply with a written request of the Payor addressed to the Holder, after reasonable notice, to provide certification, information, documents or other evidence concerning the nationality,
residence, identity or connection with the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction of the Holder or such beneficial owner or to make any declaration or similar claim or satisfy any other reporting requirement relating to such matters, which is required by a
statute, regulation or administrative practice of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from all or part of such Taxes; 

(4)    any Taxes that are payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from a payment of the principal, premium, if
any, or interest on the Notes; 
 (5)    any estate, inheritance, gift, value added, sales, use, excise, transfer,
personal property or similar Taxes; 
 (6)    any Taxes imposed in connection with a Note presented for payment (where
presentation is required for payment) by or on behalf of a Holder or beneficial owner who would have been able to avoid such Tax by presenting the relevant Note to, or otherwise accepting payment from, another paying agent; 

(7)     any Taxes imposed by reason of a Holder’s past or present status as a passive foreign investment company, a
controlled foreign corporation or a personal holding company, in each case as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or as a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax; 

(8)     any Taxes imposed on interest received by (1) a 10% shareholder (as defined in section 871(h)(3)(B) of the
U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations promulgated thereunder) of the Issuer or (2) a controlled foreign corporation that is related to the Issuer within the meaning of section 864(d)(4) of
the Code, or (3) a bank receiving interest described in section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, to the extent such tax, assessment or other governmental charge would not have been imposed but for the Holder’s status as described in clauses
(1) through (3) of this sub-clause (8); 
 (9)    any Taxes imposed or
required pursuant to an agreement described in Section 1471(b) of the Code, or otherwise imposed pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (or any regulations thereunder or official interpretations thereof) or an intergovernmental
agreement between the United States and another jurisdiction facilitating the implementation thereof (or any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices implementing such an intergovernmental agreement); or 

(10)    any combination of the above. 

Such Additional Amounts will also not be payable (x) if the payment could have been made without such deduction or withholding if the
beneficiary of the payment had presented the Note for payment (where presentation is required for payment) within 15 days after 

  
 28 

 
the relevant payment was first made available for payment to the Holder or (y) where, had the beneficial owner of the Note been the Holder, such beneficial owner would not have been entitled
to payment of Additional Amounts by reason of clauses (1) to (10) inclusive above. 
 As used in this section 4.02(a), “U.S.
Person” means any individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of
Columbia, a partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia, or any estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation
regardless of its source. 
 (b)    The Payor will (i) make any required withholding or deduction and
(ii) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction in accordance with applicable law. The Payor will use reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment of any Taxes so
deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes, in such form as provided in the ordinary course by the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and as is reasonably available to the Payor, and will provide such certified copies
to the Trustee. Such copies shall be made available to the Holders upon request. The Payor will attach to each certified copy a certificate stating (x) that the amount of withholding Taxes evidenced by the certified copy was paid in connection
with payments in respect of the principal amount of Notes then outstanding and (y) the amount of such withholding Taxes paid per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes. 

(c)    If any Payor will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts under or with respect to any payment made on any Note or
the Note Guarantee, at least 30 days prior to the date of such payment, the Payor will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating the fact that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount so payable and such other information
necessary to enable the Paying Agent to pay Additional Amounts to Holders on the relevant payment date (unless such obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises less than 45 days prior to the relevant payment date, in which case the Payor may deliver
such Officer’s Certificate as promptly as practicable after the date that is 30 days prior to the payment date). The Trustee will be entitled to rely solely on such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive proof that such payments are
necessary. 
 (d)    Wherever in this Indenture or the Note Guarantee there is mentioned, in any context: 

(1)    the payment of principal, 

(2)    purchase prices in connection with a purchase of Notes, 

(3)    interest, or 

(4)    any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Notes, 

such reference shall be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts as described in this Section 4.02 to the extent that, in such context, Additional
Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof. 

  
 29 

 (e)    The Payors will pay any present or future stamp, court or
documentary taxes, or any other excise, property or similar Taxes, that arise in any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction from the execution, delivery, registration or enforcement of any Notes, this Indenture or any other document or instrument in relation
thereto (other than a transfer or exchange of the Notes), and the Payors agree to indemnify the Holders for any such taxes paid by such Holders. 

(f)    The foregoing obligations of this Section 4.02 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this
Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any subsequent Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction. 
 SECTION
4.03.    Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control Triggering Event 
 (a)    Not
later than 60 days following a Change of Control Triggering Event with respect to a series of Notes, unless the Issuers have exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes of such series as described under Section 5 of the Notes of such
series, the Issuers will make an Offer to Purchase all of the outstanding Notes of such series at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the purchase date.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, an Offer to Purchase may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, conditional upon the occurrence of the applicable Change of Control or Change of Control Triggering Event. 

(b)    An “Offer to Purchase” means an offer by one or more Issuers to purchase Notes of a series as required by
this Indenture. An Offer to Purchase must be made by written offer (the “offer”) sent to the Holders. The Issuers will notify the Trustee, at least 5 Business Days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to sending
the offer to Holders, of their obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the offer will be sent by one or more Issuers or, at their written request, by the Trustee in their name and at their expense. 

(c)    The offer must include or state the following, which shall (where applicable) be the terms of the Offer to
Purchase: 
 (1)    the provision of this Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase is being made; 

(2)    the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes offered to be purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase
(the “purchase amount”); 
 (3)    the purchase price, including the portion thereof representing accrued and
unpaid interest (the “Purchase Price”); 
 (4)    an expiration date not less than 30 days or more than 60
days after the date of the offer (the “Offer Expiration Date”) and a settlement date for purchase (the “purchase date”) not more than five Business Days after the Offer Expiration Date; 

(5)    that a Holder may tender all or any portion of its Notes of the applicable series pursuant to an Offer to
Purchase, subject to the requirement that any portion of a Note tendered must be in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; 

  
 30 

 (6)    the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender
pursuant to the Offer to Purchase; 
 (7)    that each Holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the offer will be
required to surrender such Note at the place or places specified in the offer prior to the close of business on the Offer Expiration Date (such Note being, if the Issuers or the Trustee so requires, duly endorsed or accompanied by a duly executed
written instrument of transfer); 
 (8)    that interest on any Note of such series not tendered, or tendered but not
purchased by such Issuer or Issuers, as applicable, pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, will continue to accrue; 

(9)    on the purchase date the Purchase Price will become due and payable on each Note accepted for purchase pursuant to
the Offer to Purchase, and interest on Notes purchased will cease to accrue on and after the purchase date; 

(10)    a statement that, if Notes in an aggregate principal amount less than or equal to the purchase amount are duly
tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, such Issuer or Issuers, as applicable, will purchase all such Notes; 

(11)    a statement that if any Note is purchased in part, new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion
of the Note will be issued; 
 (12)    a statement that if any Note contains a CUSIP number, no representation is being
made as to the correctness of the CUSIP number either as printed on the Notes or as contained in the offer and that the Holder should rely only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes; and 

(13)    a statement that, if the Notes are held in book entry form, Holders must comply with the applicable procedures of
the Depositary. 
 (d)    Prior to the purchase date, such Issuer or Issuers, as applicable, will accept tendered Notes
for purchase as required by the Offer to Purchase and deliver to the Trustee all Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate specifying which Notes have been accepted for purchase. On the purchase date the Purchase Price will
become due and payable on each Note accepted for purchase, and interest on Notes purchased will cease to accrue on and after the purchase date. The Trustee will promptly return to Holders any Notes not accepted for purchase and send to Holders new
Notes equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of any Notes accepted for purchase in part. 
 (e)    The
Issuers will not be required to make an Offer to Purchase upon a Change of Control Triggering Event with respect to a series of Notes if (i) a third party makes the offer to purchase in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with
the requirements set forth pursuant to this Section 4.03 and purchases all such Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Offer to Purchase or (ii) a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 5 of the Notes.

  
 31 

 (f)    The Issuers will comply, to the extent applicable, with the
requirements of Section 14(e) of the U.S. Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations (or rules of any exchange on which the Notes are then listed) in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.03. To
the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations (or exchange rules) conflict with provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations (or exchange rules) and will not be
deemed to have breached their obligations, or require a repurchase of the Notes, under the Change of Control Triggering Event provisions of this Indenture by virtue of the conflict. 

SECTION 4.04.    U.S. Federal Income Tax Treatment of NXP Funding 

NXP Funding may not hold any material assets, become liable for any material obligations or engage in any business activities, provided that it
may be a co-obligor or guarantor with respect to the Notes or any other Indebtedness issued by the Company or the Guarantor, and may engage in any activities directly related thereto or necessary in connection
therewith. NXP Funding is treated as a disregarded entity of the Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and for so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, the Issuers will not take any action that is inconsistent with NXP Funding being
treated as a disregarded entity of the Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes. 
 SECTION 4.05.    Limitation
on Liens 
 So long as any Notes of a series are outstanding, the Company and NXP Funding will not, and will not permit any Significant
Subsidiary to, issue or assume any Indebtedness if such Indebtedness is secured by a Lien, other than a Permitted Lien, upon any Principal Property of the Company and NXP Funding or any Significant Subsidiary without: 

(a)    at the same time providing that the Notes of such series and the obligations hereunder with respect to such series
are directly, equally and ratably secured with (or prior to, in the case of Liens with respect to Subordinated Indebtedness) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured; or 

(b)    providing such other Lien for the Notes of such series and the obligations hereunder as may be approved by a
majority in aggregate principal amount of Holders of Notes of such series. 
 SECTION 4.06.    Limitation on Sale and
Leaseback Transactions 
 So long as the Notes of a series are outstanding, the Company and NXP Funding will not, and will not permit any
Significant Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction with respect to any Principal Property unless: 

(a)    the Company or such Significant Subsidiary would be entitled to incur Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the
property to be leased in an amount equal to the Attributable Liens with respect to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction without equally and ratably securing the Notes of such series pursuant to Section 4.05 of this Indenture; 

  
 32 

 (b)    the net proceeds of the sale of the Principal Property to be
leased are applied within 365 days of the effective date of the Sale and Leaseback Transaction to (i) the purchase, construction, development or acquisition of another Principal Property or (ii) the repayment of (x) any series of
Notes, (y) Indebtedness of the Company and NXP Funding that ranks equally with, or is senior to, the Notes or (z) any Indebtedness of one or more Significant Subsidiaries; provided, in each case, that in lieu of applying such amount to
such retirement, the Issuers may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation, such Notes to be credited at the cost thereof to the Issuers; 

(c)    such Sale and Leaseback Transaction was entered into prior to the Issue Date; 

(d)    such Sale and Leaseback Transaction involves a lease for not more than three years (or which may be terminated by
the Company or a Significant Subsidiary within a period of not more than three years); or 
 (e)    such Sale and
Leaseback Transaction with respect to any Principal Property was between only the Parent and a Subsidiary of the Parent or only between Subsidiaries of the Parent. 

SECTION 4.07.    Guarantee by the Parent  

The Parent will guarantee the Notes on a senior unsecured basis on the Issue Date in accordance with Article 10. 

SECTION 4.08.    Reports 

(a)    To the extent any Exchange Notes are outstanding, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee any reports, information
and documents that the Parent is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the U.S. Exchange Act within 30 days after such report, information or document is required to be filed with the SEC. The Company also shall
comply with the other provisions of TIA Section 314(a) to the extent applicable. Reports, information and documents filed with the SEC via the EDGAR system will be deemed to be delivered to the Trustee as of the time of such filing via EDGAR
for purposes of this Section 4.08, it being understood that the Trustee shall not be responsible for determining whether such filings have been made. Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under this Section 4.08(a)
is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute constructive or actual notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the
Obligors’ compliance with any of the covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates). All such reports, information or documents referred to in this Section 4.08 that the Parent
files with the SEC via the SEC’s EDGAR system shall be deemed to be filed with the Trustee and transmitted to Holders at the time such reports, information or documents are filed via the EDGAR system (or any successor system). 

  
 33 

 SECTION 4.09.    Compliance Certificate 

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate in substantially the
form of Exhibit C hereto (complying with TIA Section 314(a)(4) to the extent any Exchange Notes are outstanding) stating that a review of the activities of the Company during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the
signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to the Officer signing such Officer’s Certificate, that to the best of his
or her knowledge, the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture
(or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect thereto) and that to the best
of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of
the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto, and reciting the details of such action. Within 30 days after the occurrence of a Default, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a written notice of any
events of which it is aware would constitute certain Defaults their status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except any Default or Event of Default of which its
Responsible Officer shall have received written notification in accordance with Section 11.03 or obtained actual knowledge. 
 SECTION
4.10.    Further Instruments and Acts 
 Upon request of the Trustee, the Issuers shall execute and deliver such
further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 

ARTICLE 5 
 Successor Company

 SECTION 5.01.    Merger and Consolidation of the Company 

(a)    The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise
dispose of all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person, or permit any Person to consolidate with or merge with or into it, unless: 

(1)     either (a) the Company will be the surviving Person of any such consolidation or merger or any such sale,
assignment, conveyance, lease, transfer or other disposition or (b) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person of any such consolidation or merger or any such sale, assignment, conveyance, lease, transfer or other disposition will be a

  
 34 

 
Person organized and existing under the laws of any member state of the European Union on January 1, 2004, the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, Canada
or any province of Canada, Norway, Switzerland or Singapore (or, a Person not organized under such laws which agrees (i) to submit to the jurisdiction of the United States district court for the Southern District of New York, and (ii) to
indemnify and hold harmless the Holders against certain Taxes and expenses due as a result of such transaction, if any), and, in the case of (y), such Person expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all
the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture (any such Person under (a) or (b), a “Successor Company”); 

(2)    immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of
the Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing; and 
 (3)     the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee (i) an Officer’s
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such transaction and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such supplemental indenture (if any) has been
duly authorized, executed and delivered and is a legal, valid and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Company (in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee), provided that, in each case in giving
an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact, including as to satisfaction of Sections 5.01(a)(2). 

The restriction in Section 5.01(a)(3) shall not be applicable to (A) the consolidation with or merger with or into the Company of,
or the sale, assignment, conveyance, lease, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to, an Affiliate of the Company, if an Officer or the Company’s Board of Directors determines in good faith that
the purpose of such transaction is principally to change the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation or convert the Company’s form of organization to another form; or (B) the consolidation with or merger with or into the Company of,
or the sale, assignment, conveyance, lease, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to, the Parent or a single Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company in accordance with applicable law, provided that, if
no supplemental indenture needs to be executed in relation to such transaction, the Company will notify the Trustee of such transaction (but no Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel shall need to be delivered to the Trustee in relation
thereto). 
 (b)    If any consolidation or merger or any sale, assignment, conveyance, lease, transfer or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets occurs in accordance with this Indenture, the Successor Company (if other than the Company) will succeed to, and be substituted for the Company and may exercise every right and
power under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such Successor Company had been named in the Company’s place in this Indenture, and the Company will be released from all its obligations and covenants under this Indenture and
the Notes. 

  
 35 

 SECTION 5.02.    Merger and Consolidation of NXP Funding 

(a)    NXP Funding may not consolidate with, merge with or into any Person or permit any Person to merge with or into NXP
Funding unless either (x) NXP Funding will be the surviving Person of any such consolidation or merger or (y) concurrently therewith, a Subsidiary of the Company that is a limited liability company or corporation organized under the laws
of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (which may be NXP Funding or the continuing Person as a result of such transaction) expressly assumes all the obligations of NXP Funding under the Notes and this
Indenture. 
 (b)    Upon the consummation of any transaction effected in accordance with Section 5.02(a)(y), the
resulting, surviving NXP Funding will succeed to, and be substituted for NXP Funding and may exercise every right and power under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named in NXP Funding’s
place in this Indenture and NXP Funding will be released from all its obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes. 

(c)    Any such surviving or transferee NXP Funding must be a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes,
which is either a direct Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company, or held through one or more Subsidiaries of the Company that are treated as disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes. 

SECTION 5.03.    Merger and Consolidation of the Parent 

(a)    The Parent will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise
dispose of all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person, or permit any Person to consolidate with or merge with or into it, unless: 

(1)    either (x) the Parent will be the surviving Person of any such consolidation or merger or any such sale,
assignment, conveyance, lease, transfer or other disposition or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person of any such consolidation or merger or any such sale, assignment, conveyance, lease, transfer or other disposition will be a
Person organized and existing under the laws of any member state of the European Union on January 1, 2004, the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, Canada or any province of Canada, Norway, Switzerland or
Singapore (or, a Person not organized under such laws which agrees (i) to submit to the jurisdiction of the United States district court for the Southern District of New York, and (ii) to indemnify and hold harmless the Holders against
certain Taxes and expenses due as a result of such transaction, if any), and, in the case of (y), such Person expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Parent under the Notes and
this Indenture (any such Person under (x) or (y), a “Successor Parent”); 
 (2)    immediately
after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Parent or any Subsidiary of the Successor Parent as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Parent or
such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and 

  
 36 

 (3)    the Parent shall have delivered to the Trustee (i) an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such transaction and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such supplemental indenture (if
any) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and is a legal, valid and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Parent (in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee), provided that, in each case, in
giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact, including as to the satisfaction of Section 5.03(a)(2) above. 

(b)    The restriction in Section 5.03(a)(3) above shall not be applicable to: (A) the consolidation with or
merger with or into the Parent of, or the sale, assignment, conveyance, lease, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Parent’s assets to, an Affiliate of the Parent, if an Officer or the Parent’s Board of
Directors determines in good faith that the purpose of such transaction is principally to change the Parent’s jurisdiction of incorporation or convert the Parent’s form of organization to another form; (B) the consolidation with or
merger with or into the Parent of, or the sale, assignment, conveyance, lease, transfer or other disposition of the all or substantially all the Parent’s assets to, a single Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Parent, including, but not limited to,
the Company, in accordance with applicable law; or (C) the consolidation with or merger with or into the Parent, or the sale, assignment, conveyance, lease, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all the Parent’s assets, if
(i) an Officer or the Parent’s Board of Directors determines in good faith that the purpose of such transaction is principally to change the Parent’s jurisdiction of incorporation, (ii) such transaction does not constitute a
Change of Control, (iii) such transaction complies with Sections 5.01(a)(1) and (2) above, and (iv) a Successor Parent expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Parent under the Notes and this Indenture, provided that, if no supplemental indenture needs to be executed in relation to such transaction, the Parent will notify the Trustee of such
transaction (but no Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel shall need to be delivered to the Trustee in relation thereto). 

(c)    Whether or not a merger or any sale, assignment, conveyance, lease, transfer or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the Parent’s assets occurs, the Parent may effect a transaction or series of related transactions that is principally to change the Parent’s jurisdiction of incorporation and any successor entity in such transaction
shall be substituted for the Parent, so long as such transaction does not constitute a Change of Control and such transaction complies with Sections 5.01(a)(1) and (2) above and Section 5.01(b)(C)(i)-(iv) above. 

(d)    If any consolidation or merger or any sale, assignment, conveyance, lease, transfer or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the Parent’s assets or change of jurisdiction transaction as described in Section 5.03(c) above occurs in accordance with this Indenture, the Successor Parent (if other than the Parent) will succeed to, and be
substituted for the Parent and may exercise every right and power under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such Successor Parent had been named in the Parent’s place in this Indenture, and the Parent will be released from
all its obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes. 

  
 37 

 SECTION 5.04.    Merger and Consolidation of NXP USA 

(a)    NXP USA may not: 
  

	 	(1)	 consolidate with or merge with or into any Person, or 

 

	 	(2)	 sell, convey, transfer or dispose of all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of
related transactions, to any Person, or 

  

	 	(3)	 permit any Person to merge with or into NXP USA, 

unless: 
  

	 	(A)	 the other Person is the Parent, the Company or NXP Funding (or becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor concurrently with
the transaction); or 

  

	 	(B)	 (1) either (x) NXP USA is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person expressly
assumes all of the obligations of NXP USA under the Notes; and (2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; or 

 

	 	(C)	 the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of NXP
USA or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of NXP USA otherwise permitted by this Indenture. 

(b)    NXP USA’s obligations with respect to a series of Notes will terminate and release: 

(1)    upon a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Capital Stock of NXP USA or
of a Person who holds all of the Capital Stock of NXP USA, such that NXP USA does not remain a Subsidiary, or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of NXP USA, in each case, as otherwise permitted by this Indenture; 

(2)    upon defeasance or discharge of the Notes of such series, as provided in Article 8; 

(3)    at the option of the Issuers, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to such
series of Notes, once NXP USA is unconditionally released from its liability with respect to (i) the Revolving Credit Agreement and (ii) the Existing Notes. 

  
 38 

 ARTICLE 6 

Defaults and Remedies 

SECTION 6.01.    Events of Default 

(a)    An “Event of Default” occurs if or upon: 

(1)    default in any payment of interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note when due and payable, if that
default continues for a period of 30 days, or failure to comply for 30 days with the notice provisions in connection with a Change of Control Triggering Event after such notice has become due; 

(2)    default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note issued under this Indenture when
due at its Stated Maturity or upon optional redemption or otherwise (including the failure to pay the repurchase price for such Notes tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase), if that default or failure continues for a period of two days; 

(3)    failure to comply for 90 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders
of 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes with any of the Issuers’ or the Parent’s obligations under Article 4 or 5 (in each case, other than an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(1) or 6.01(a)(2) ); 

(4)    default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be
secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company, NXP Funding or a Significant Subsidiary (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by Company, NXP Funding or a Significant Subsidiary) other than Indebtedness owed to any of the
Parent, the Company, NXP Funding or a Significant Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, which default: 
  

	 	(A)	 is caused by a failure to pay principal at the Stated Maturity on such Indebtedness, immediately upon the
expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness; or 

  

	 	(B)	 results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity not rescinded or cured within 30
days after such acceleration; 

 and, in each case, the aggregate principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the aggregate
principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated and remains undischarged after such 30 day period, aggregates to €200.0 million or more; 

(5)    any of the Parent (to the extent a guarantor under any series of Notes), the Company, NXP Funding or a Significant
Subsidiary institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee,

  
 39 

 
custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar office with respect to an event of bankruptcy, insolvency or court protection; or any
receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar office with respect to an event of bankruptcy, insolvency or court protection is appointed without the application or consent of
such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property or assets is instituted without the
consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; 

(6)    failure by any of the Parent, the Company, NXP Funding or a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments
aggregating in excess of €200.0 million (exclusive of any amounts that a solvent insurance company has acknowledged liability for), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days after the judgment becomes
final and non-appealable; and 
 (7)    the Guarantee ceases to be in full
force and effect, other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or the Parent denies or disaffirms in writing its obligations under its Guarantee, other than in accordance with the terms thereof or upon release of the Guarantee in
accordance with this Indenture. 
 (b)    A default under Sections 6.01(a)(3), 6.01(a)(4) or 6.01(a)(6) will not
constitute an Event of Default with respect to a series of Notes until the Trustee or the Holders of 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such series under this Indenture notify the Issuers and the Trustee (if such Holders
provide the notice of default hereunder) of the default and the Issuers do not cure such default within the time specified in Sections 6.01(a)(3), 6.01(a)(4) or 6.01(a)(6), as applicable, after receipt of such notice. 

SECTION 6.02.    Acceleration 

(a)    If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(a)(5) above) occurs and is
continuing the Trustee by notice to any Issuer or the Holders of a series of Notes of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of the applicable series under this Indenture by written notice to any Issuer and the Trustee,
may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Amounts, if any, on all the Notes of such series under this Indenture to be due and payable.
Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Amounts, if any, will be due and payable immediately. In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes of such series because an Event
of Default described in Section 6.01(a)(4) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of such Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to
Section 6.01(a)(4) shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration
with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of such Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal,
premium or interest, including Additional Amounts, if any, on such Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of such Notes, have been cured or waived. 

  
 40 

 (b)    If an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(a)(5) above
occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Amounts, if any, on all the Notes of a series will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on
the part of the Trustee or any Holders. 
 SECTION 6.03.    Other Remedies 

Subject to the duties of the Trustee as provided for in Article 7, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any
available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay
or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other
remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 SECTION 6.04.    Waiver of Past
Defaults 
 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of a series by notice to the Trustee may, on
behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes of such series, waive all past or existing Defaults or Events of Default except a continuing Default in the payment of the principal, premium or interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes of such
series and rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes of such series and its consequences if rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no
such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right. 
 SECTION
6.05.    Control by Majority 
 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes
of a series may direct in writing the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or to exercise any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any
direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that
the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification or other security reasonably satisfactory to it
against all losses, liabilities and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 

  
 41 

 SECTION 6.06.    Limitation on Suits 

(a)    Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal or interest when due on the Notes, no Holder may pursue
any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes of a series unless: 
 (1)     such Holder has previously given
to the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 
 (2)     Holders of at least 30% in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding Notes of the applicable series have requested in writing the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 

(3)     such Holders have offered in writing to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability
or expense; 
 (4)     the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the written
request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5)     the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding Notes of the applicable series have not given the Trustee a written direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 

SECTION 6.07.    [Reserved] 

SECTION 6.08.    Collection Suit by Trustee 

If an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(a)(1) or 6.01(a)(2) occurs and is continuing with respect to Notes of any series, the Trustee
may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the
amounts provided for in Section 7.07. 
 SECTION 6.09.    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim 

The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or advisable in order to have
the claims of the Trustee and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers, their creditors or their property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a
trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making
of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under
Section 7.07. 
 SECTION 6.10.    Priorities 

If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, including upon enforcement of any Liens, it shall pay out the money
or property in the following order: 
 FIRST: to the Trustee, the Registrar, the Transfer Agent and the Paying Agents for amounts due under
Section 7.07; 

  
 42 

 SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal and interest
(including Additional Interest, if any), ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and 

THIRD: to the Issuers. 
 The
Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder and the Issuers a notice that states the record date,
the payment date and amount to be paid. 
 SECTION 6.11.    Undertaking for Costs 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted
by it as the Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable
attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee or a Paying Agent or a
suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes of a series then outstanding. 
 SECTION
6.12.    Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws 
 The Issuers (to the extent they may lawfully do so) shall not at any
time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this
Indenture; and the Issuers (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall
suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
 ARTICLE 7 

Trustee 
 SECTION
7.01.    Duties of Trustee 
 (a)    The duties and responsibilities of the Trustee are as
provided by the TIA and as set forth herein. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a
prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

  
 43 

 (b)    Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(i)    the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture
and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (ii)    in the
absence of willful misconduct on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the
requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical
calculations or other facts stated therein). 
 (c)    The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i)    this
Section 7.01(c) does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b); 
 (ii)    the Trustee shall not be liable for
any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(iii)    the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance
with a direction received by it pursuant to Sections 6.02 or 6.05; 
 (d)    Every provision of this Indenture that in
any way relates to the Trustee is subject to Sections 7.01(a), 7.01(b) and 7.01(c) and the TIA. 
 (e)    No provision
of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or
direction of Holders, if it has reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it or it does not receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it in its discretion against any loss, liability or expense which might
reasonably be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction nor shall the Trustee be required to do anything which is illegal or contrary to applicable laws. The Trustee will not be liable to the Holders if prevented or delayed in
performing any of its obligations or discretionary functions under this Indenture by reason of any present or future law applicable to it, by any governmental or regulatory authority or by any circumstances beyond its control. 

(f)    The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing
with the Issuers. 
 (g)    Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law. 

  
 44 

 SECTION 7.02.    Rights of Trustee  

Subject to TIA Sections 315(a) through (d): 

(a)    The Trustee may refrain from taking any action in any jurisdiction if the taking of such action in that
jurisdiction would, in its opinion, based upon legal advice in the relevant jurisdiction, be contrary to any law of that jurisdiction or, to the extent applicable, the State of New York. Furthermore, the Trustee may also refrain from taking such
action if it would otherwise render it liable to any person in that jurisdiction, or, to the extent applicable, the State of New York or if it is determined by any court or other competent authority in that jurisdiction, or, to the extent
applicable, in the State of New York, that it does not have such power. 
 (b)    The Trustee may conclusively rely and
shall be fully protected in relying on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 

(c)    Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of
Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 

(d)    The Trustee may act through attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of
any agent appointed with due care. 
 (e)    The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in
good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or gross negligence. 

(f)    The Trustee may retain professional advisers to assist it in performing its duties under this Indenture. The
Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken,
omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 

(g)    The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any Officer’s
Certificate, Opinion of Counsel, or any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the
Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books,
records and premises of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuers, to the extent permitted by law. 

(h)    The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at
the request, order or direction of any of the Holders 

  
 45 

 
pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee indemnity or other security reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses
and liabilities which may be incurred by it in compliance with such request, order or direction. 
 In the event the Trustee receives
inconsistent or conflicting requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Holders, each representing less than the requisite majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, the
Trustee, in its sole discretion, may determine what action, if any, shall be taken and shall be held harmless and shall not incur any liability for its failure to act until such inconsistency or conflict is, in its reasonable opinion, resolved. 

(i)    Except with respect to Section 4.01, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the
Issuers with respect to the covenants contained in Article 4. 
 (j)    The Trustee shall not have any obligation or
duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance, and shall not be responsible or liable for compliance with restrictions on transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of minimum denominations imposed under this
Indenture or under applicable law or regulation with respect to any transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of any interest in any Notes. 

(k)    If the Guarantor is substituted to make payments on behalf of the Issuers pursuant to Article 10, the Issuers shall
promptly notify the Trustee of such substitution. 
 (l)    The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits
given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by the Trustee in its capacity hereunder and by each agent (including Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas) and custodian and other Person
employed with due care to act as agent hereunder (including without limitation each Transfer Agent and Paying Agent). Each Paying Agent and Transfer Agent shall not be liable for acting in good faith on instructions believed by it to be genuine and
from the proper party. 
 (m)    The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety with respect to the
performance of its duties or the exercise of its powers under this Indenture. 
 (n)    The permissive right of the
Trustee to take the actions permitted by this Indenture will not be construed as an obligation or duty to do so. 

(o)    Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for special,
indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action 

(p)    The Trustee may assume without inquiry in the absence of actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer of the Trustee
that the Issuers are each duly complying with their obligations contained in this Indenture required to be performed and observed by them, and that no Default or Event of Default or other event which would require repayment of the Notes has
occurred. 

  
 46 

 SECTION 7.03.    Individual Rights of Trustee 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or their
Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. For the avoidance of doubt, any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights. 

SECTION 7.04.    Trustee’s Disclaimer 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall
not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuers or upon the Issuers’ direction under any provision of this Indenture, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuers
in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the identity of any Significant
Subsidiary unless either (a) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof or (b) the Trustee shall have received notice thereof in accordance with Section 11.03 hereof from the Issuers or any Holder. 

SECTION 7.05.    Notice of Defaults 

If a Default or Event of Default with respect to a series of Notes occurs and is continuing and the Trustee is informed of such occurrence by
any Issuer, the Trustee must give notice of the Default or Event of Default to the Holders of the applicable series within 60 days after the Trustee is informed of such occurrence. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of
principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Note of an applicable series, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its trust officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the
interests of Holders of such series. 
 SECTION 7.06.    Reports by Trustee to Holders 

(a)    To the extent any Exchange Notes are outstanding, within 60 days after December 1 of any year, and for so long
as any Exchange Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall transmit to each Holder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA Section 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve
months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee shall also comply with TIA Section 313(b) to the extent applicable. The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports required by TIA Section 313(c). 

(b)    A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders of Notes of any series shall be filed by the Trustee
with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes of such series are listed in accordance with TIA Section 313(d). The Issuers will promptly notify the Trustee whenever the Notes of any series are listed on any stock exchange and
of any delisting thereof. 

  
 47 

 SECTION 7.07.    Compensation and Indemnity 

The Issuers, or, upon the failure of the Issuers to pay, the Guarantor shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as the
Issuers and Trustee may from time to time agree for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder and under the Notes. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. 

In the event of the occurrence of an Event of Default or the Trustee considering it expedient or necessary or being requested by the Issuers
to undertake duties which the Trustee and the Issuers agree to be of an exceptional nature or otherwise outside the scope of the normal duties of the Trustee, the Issuers shall pay to the Trustee such additional remuneration as shall be agreed
between them. 
 The Issuers and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable
disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it (as evidenced in an invoice from the Trustee), including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the properly incurred
compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuers and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee and the Paying Agents and their respective
officers, directors, agents and employers against any and all loss, liability, taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee or the Paying Agents) or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by or in connection with
the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture and the Notes, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuers (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether
asserted by the Issuers or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. 

The Trustee shall notify the Issuers of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof;
provided, however, that any failure so to notify the Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers or the Guarantor of their indemnity obligations hereunder. Except in cases where the interests of the Issuers and the Trustee may be adverse,
the Issuers shall defend the claim and the indemnified party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuers’ and the Guarantor’s expense in the defense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such indemnified party may, in its sole
discretion, assume the defense of the claim against it and the Issuers and the Guarantor shall, jointly and severally, pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the indemnified party’s defense (as evidenced in an invoice from the Trustee). Such
indemnified parties may have separate counsel of their choosing and the Issuers and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel (as evidenced in an invoice from the Trustee); provided,
however, that the Issuers shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes such indemnified parties’ defense and, in such indemnified parties’ reasonable judgment, there is no conflict of interest between the
Issuers and the Guarantor, as applicable, and such parties in connection with such defense. The Issuers need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Issuers need not reimburse any
expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by an indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith. 

  
 48 

 To secure the Issuers’ and the Guarantor’s payment obligations in this
Section 7.07, the Trustee and the Paying Agents have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. 

The Issuers’ and the Guarantor’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section and any lien arising thereunder shall survive the
satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any Debtor Relief Law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the Paying Agents. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the
Trustee and the Paying Agents under applicable law, when the Trustee and the Paying Agents incur expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(6) with respect to the Issuers, the expenses are intended to constitute
expenses of administration under the Debtor Relief Law. 
 In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect,
punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether such Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

For the avoidance of doubt, the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee in this Section 7.07,
including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder including, without limitation, as Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent, and by each agent (including Deutsche
Bank Trust Company Americas), custodian and other Person employed with due care to act as agent hereunder. 
 SECTION
7.08.    Replacement of Trustee 
 (a)    The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying
the Issuers. If the Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10 or in the circumstances described in TIA Section 310(b), any Holder that satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(b) may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee in writing and the appointment of a successor Trustee. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a
successor Trustee. The Issuers shall be entitled to remove the Trustee or any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder for not less than six months may petition any court for removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee, if: 

(i)    the Trustee has or acquires a conflict of interest that is not eliminated; 

(ii)     the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 

(iii)    a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or; 

(iv)    the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting as Trustee hereunder. 

  
 49 

 (b)    If the Trustee resigns, is removed pursuant to
Section 7.08(a) or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. 

(c)    A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the
Issuers. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of
its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided, that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the lien provided for in
Section 7.07 and the recognition of the retiring Trustee’s lien thereto by the successor Trustee. 
 (d)    If
a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (e)    If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the
Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in Section 310(b) of the TIA, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(f)    Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuers’ obligations under
Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 (g)    For the avoidance of doubt, the
rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee in this Section 7.08, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by each Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar employed to
act hereunder. 
 (h)    The Trustee agrees to give the notices provided for in, and otherwise comply with, TIA
Section 310(b). 
 SECTION 7.09.    Successor Trustee by Merger 

If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to,
another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by
this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that
time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates
shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have. 

  
 50 

 SECTION 7.10.    Eligibility; Disqualification 

This Indenture must always have a Trustee that satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a) and has a combined capital and surplus of
at least $100,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 310(b). 

SECTION 7.11.    Certain Provisions 

Each Holder by accepting a Note authorizes and directs on his or her behalf the Trustee to enter into and to take such actions and to make such
acknowledgements as are set forth in this Indenture or other documents entered into in connection therewith. The Trustee shall not be responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, suitability, adequacy or enforceability of any obligation or
rights created or purported to be created thereby or pursuant thereto, nor shall it be responsible or liable to any person because of any invalidity of any provision of such documents or the unenforceability thereof, whether arising from statute,
law or decision of any court. 
 SECTION 7.12.    Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer 

The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA. A
Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA to the extent indicated. 
 ARTICLE 8 

Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance 

SECTION 8.01.    Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance 

(a)    The Note Guarantee and this Indenture will be discharged and cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving
rights of conversion or transfer or exchange of the Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes of a series when (1) either (a) all the Notes of such series previously authenticated and delivered (other than
certain lost, stolen or destroyed Notes and certain Notes for which provision for payment was previously made and thereafter the funds have been released to the Issuers) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (b) all Notes of
such series not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable, (ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year
under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers; (2) the Issuers have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or such
entity designated by the Trustee for this purpose) money, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, as applicable, in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes of such series not previously delivered
to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and interest to the date of 

  
 51 

 
deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be; (3) the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all other
sums payable under this Indenture with respect to the Notes of such series; and (4) the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each to the effect that all conditions precedent under this
Section 8.01 have been complied with, provided that any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (1), (2) and (3)). 

(b)    Subject to Sections 8.01(c) and 8.02, any Issuer at any time may terminate (i) all of its obligations and all
obligations of the Guarantor with respect to a series of Notes, the Note Guarantee and this Indenture (“legal defeasance option”) or (ii) its obligations under Article 4 (other than Sections 4.01, 4.02 and 4.04) and under Article 5
(other than Sections 5.01(a)(1) and 5.01(a)(2)), and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default with respect to such series of Notes, and the operation of Sections 6.01(a)(3) (other
than with respect to Sections 5.01(a)(1) and 5.01(a)(2)), 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5), 6.01(a)(6) (with respect to the Issuers and Significant Subsidiaries) and 6.01(a)(7) (“covenant defeasance option”). The Issuers at their option at any time
may exercise their legal defeasance option notwithstanding their prior exercise of their covenant defeasance option. In the event that the Issuers terminate all of their obligations with respect to the Notes of a series and this Indenture by
exercising its legal defeasance option, the obligations under the Note Guarantee shall each be terminated simultaneously with the termination of such obligations. 

If the Issuers exercise their legal defeasance option or their covenant defeasance option, the Guarantor will be released from all its
obligations under the Note Guarantee. 
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Issuers, the Trustee
shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Issuers terminate. 
 (c)    Notwithstanding
Sections 8.01(a) and (b) above, the Issuers’ and the Guarantor’s obligations with respect to a series of Notes in Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.10, 2.11, 7.01, 7.02, 7.03, 7.07, 7.08 and this Article 8, as applicable,
shall survive until the Notes of such series have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuers’ and Guarantor’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06, as applicable, shall survive. 

SECTION 8.02.    Conditions to Defeasance 

(a)    The Issuers may exercise their legal defeasance option or their covenant defeasance option with respect to a series
of Notes only if: 
 (1)    Any Issuer has irrevocably deposited in trust (the “defeasance trust”)
with the Trustee (or such entity designated by the Trustee for this purpose) cash in U.S. dollars or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank,
appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes of such 

  
 52 

 
series to redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and must comply with certain other conditions, including delivery to the Trustee of: 

 

	 	(A)	 in the case of legal defeasance, an Opinion of Counsel in the United States to the effect that, subject to
customary assumptions and exclusions, the beneficial owners of the Notes of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal
income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred. Such Opinion of Counsel in the United States must be based on a ruling of the U.S. Internal
Revenue Service or a change in applicable U.S. federal income tax law that is issued or becomes effective after the issuance of the Notes; 

  

	 	(B)	 in the case of covenant defeasance, an Opinion of Counsel in the United States to the effect that, subject to
customary assumptions and exclusions, the beneficial owners of the Notes of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income
tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred; 

  

	 	(C)	 an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of
defeating, hindering, delaying, defrauding or preferring any creditors of the Issuers; 

  

	 	(D)	 an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary
assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to legal defeasance or covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with; 

 

	 	(E)	 an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is
qualified as, a regulated investment company under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940; and 

  

	 	(F)	 the Issuers deliver to the Trustee all other documents or other information that the Trustee may reasonably
require in connection with either defeasance option. 

 (b)    Before or after a deposit, the Issuers
may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of Notes at a future date in accordance with Article 3. 

  
 53 

 SECTION 8.03.    Application of Trust Money 

The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article 8. It shall apply the deposited
money and the money from the Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes. 

SECTION 8.04.    Repayment to Issuers 

The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Issuers upon request any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as
provided in this Article which, in the written opinion of an internationally recognized firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee (which delivery shall only be required if U.S. Government Obligations have been so deposited),
are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent discharge or defeasance in accordance with this Article 8. 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuers upon written request any money
held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuers for payment as general creditors, and the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall have no
further liability with respect to such monies. 
 SECTION 8.05.    Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations 

The Issuers and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on
or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations. 

SECTION 8.06.    Reinstatement 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any
legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and
reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8; provided, however,
that if the Issuers have made any payment of principal of or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or
U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

  
 54 

 ARTICLE 9 

Amendments 
 SECTION
9.01.    Without Consent of Holders 
 The Issuers, the Trustee and the other parties thereto may amend or
supplement any Note Documents with respect to a series of Notes without notice to or consent of any Holder to: 

(1)    cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, error or inconsistency, conform any provision to the “Description of
the Notes and the Note Guarantee” in the Offering Memorandum, or reduce the minimum denomination of the Notes; 

(2)    provide for the assumption by a Successor Company or a Successor Parent of the obligations of the Issuers under
any Note Document, as permitted by this Indenture; 
 (3)    provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in
place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for U.S. federal income tax purposes); 

(4)    add to the covenants or provide for a Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power
conferred upon the Issuers; 
 (5)    make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any
material respect; 
 (6)    at the Issuers’ election, comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with
the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA, if such qualification is required; 
 (7)    make such provisions as
are necessary (as determined by an Officer or the Board of Directors in good faith) for the issuance of Additional Notes; 

(8)    to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes, or to confirm and evidence the release, termination, discharge or
retaking of any Guarantee or NXP USA with respect to the Notes when such release, termination, discharge or retaking is provided for under this Indenture; 

(9)    provide for the assumption by a Successor Parent of the obligations of the Parent under the Note Guarantee, as
permitted by this Indenture; or 
 (10)    to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this
Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements thereof or to provide for the accession by the Trustee to any Note Document. 

SECTION 9.02.    With Consent of Holders 

(a)    The Issuers, the Trustee and the other parties thereto, as applicable, may amend, supplement or otherwise modify the
Note Documents with respect to a series of Notes with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender

  
 55 

 
offer or exchange offer for, the Notes of such series) and, subject to certain exceptions, any default or compliance with any provisions thereof may be waived with the consent of the holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes of such series). However, without the consent of
Holders holding not less than 100% (or, in the case of clauses (7) and (10), 90%; and in the case of clause (8), 75%) of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes of the applicable series, an amendment or waiver may not, with
respect to any Notes of such series held by a non-consenting Holder: 

(1)    reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment; 

(2)    reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any Note; 

(3)    reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note; 

(4)    reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed,
in each case as described in Section 5 of the Notes; 
 (5)    make any Note payable in money other than that
stated in the Note; 
 (6)    impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such
Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; 

(7)    make any change to Section 4.02 that adversely affects the right of any Holder of such Notes in any material
respect or amend the terms of such Notes in a way that would result in a loss of an exemption from any of the Taxes described thereunder or an exemption from any obligation to withhold or deduct Taxes so described thereunder unless the Payor agrees
to pay Additional Amounts, if any, in respect thereof; 
 (8)    release NXP USA from all obligations with respect to
the Notes, other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture; 
 (9)    waive a Default or Event of Default with
respect to the nonpayment of principal, premium or interest (except pursuant to a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the applicable series of Notes and a waiver of the
payment default that resulted from such acceleration); or 
 (10)    make any change in this Section 9.02(a) which
require the Holders’ consent described in this sentence. 
 (b)    It shall not be necessary for the consent of the
Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment of the Note Documents, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. A consent to any amendment or waiver under this Indenture
by any Holder of Notes given in connection with a tender of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender. 

  
 56 

 After an amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, in case of Holders of
Definitive Notes, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this
Section 9.02. 
 The Notes issued on the Issue Date, and any Additional Notes part of the same series, will be treated as a single
class for all purposes under this Indenture, including with respect to waivers and amendments, except as the relevant amendment, waiver, consent, modification or similar action affects the rights of the Holders of the different series of Notes
dissimilarly. For the purposes of calculating the aggregate principal amount of Notes that have consented to or voted in favor of any amendment, waiver, consent, modifications or other similar action, the Issuers (acting reasonably and in good
faith) shall be entitled to select a record date as of which the principal amount of any Notes shall be calculated in such consent or voting process. 

SECTION 9.03.    Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers 

(a)    A written consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that
Note or portion of the Notes that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the written consent or waiver
as to such Holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate from the Company certifying that the requisite number of consents have
been received. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the Issuers or the Trustee of the requisite number of consents, (ii) satisfaction
of conditions to effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto containing such amendment or waiver and (iii) execution of such amendment or waiver (or supplemental indenture) by the Issuers and the Trustee.

 (b)    The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders
entitled to give their written consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding Section 9.03(a), those Persons who were Holders at
such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such
record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date. 
 SECTION
9.04.    Notation on or Exchange of Notes 
 If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require
the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuers or the Trustee so determine, the Issuers in
exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee or an 

  
 57 

 
authentication agent shall authenticate a new Note of the same series that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note of the same series shall not
affect the validity of such amendment. 
 SECTION 9.05.    Trustee to Sign Amendments 

The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not impose any personal obligations on the
Trustee or adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee under this Indenture. If it does, the Trustee may, but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably
satisfactory to it and to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment complies with this Indenture and that such amendment
has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuers and the Guarantor enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions. 

SECTION 9.06.    Payment for Consent 

None of the Issuers nor any Affiliate of any Issuer shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of
interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Note Documents (or the appointment of any proxy in relation to any of the foregoing) unless such
consideration is offered (subject to limitations of applicable law) to be paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement or proxies in
relation thereto. 
 ARTICLE 10 

Note Guarantee 
 SECTION
10.01.    Note Guarantee. 
 (a)    Subject to the limitations set forth in Schedule 10.1, the
Guarantor hereby irrevocably Guarantees (the “Note Guarantee”), as primary obligor and not merely as surety, on a senior unsecured basis to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity
and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder, (i) the full and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all payment obligations of the
Issuers under this Indenture and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, premium, or interest and all other monetary obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture or in respect of the Notes and (ii) the full and punctual performance
within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuers whether for payment obligations resulting from a Change of Control Triggering Event, fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Notes (all the
foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). The Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from such
Guarantor, and that the Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article 10 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. 

  
 58 

 (b)    The Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and
protest to the Issuers of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. The Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall
not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder, or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuers or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise;
(ii) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any Notes held by any
Holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any of them; (v) the failure of any Holder or Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (vi) any change in the ownership of
the Guarantor, except as provided in Section 10.02(c). 
 (c)    The Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it
may be entitled to have its obligations hereunder divided, such that the Guarantor’s obligations would be less than the full amount claimed. The Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have the assets of the Issuers
first be used and depleted as payment of the Issuers’ or the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by the Guarantor hereunder. The Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to
require that the Issuers be sued prior to an action being initiated against the Guarantor. 
 (d)    The Guarantor
further agrees that the Note Guarantee constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any Note held for payment of the Guaranteed
Obligations. 
 (e)    [Reserved] 

(f)    The Guarantor agrees that the Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of the
Guaranteed Obligations. Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01(b) and 10.02 the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of
waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations
or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of the Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce
any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission
or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of the Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of the Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. 

  
 59 

 (g)    The Guarantor agrees that the Note Guarantee shall continue to be
effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or
reorganization of the Issuers or otherwise unless the Note Guarantee has been released in accordance with this Indenture. 

(h)    Subject to the limitations set forth in Schedule 10.1, in furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any
other right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against the Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuers to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due,
whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, the Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be
paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of the Notes, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Issuers to the
Holders and the Trustee, including any other unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) and any Additional Amounts. 

(i)    The Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to exercise any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders
in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. The Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the
maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of the Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the
Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become
due and payable by the Guarantor for the purposes of this Section 10.01. 
 (j)    The Guarantor also agrees to pay
any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01. 

(k)    Upon request of the Trustee, the Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further
acts as the Trustee may reasonably require to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 
 SECTION
10.02.    [Reserved] 
 SECTION 10.03.    Successors and Assigns 

This Article 10 shall be binding upon the Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns
of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested
in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture. 

  
 60 

 SECTION 10.04.    No Waiver 

Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of, the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 10
shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified
are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 10 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. 

SECTION 10.05.    Modification 

No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 10, nor the consent to any departure by the Guarantor therefrom, shall in
any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on the Guarantor in
any case shall entitle the Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances. 
 SECTION
10.06.    Non-Impairment 
 The failure to endorse the Note Guarantee on
any Note shall not affect or impair the validity thereof. 
 ARTICLE 11 

Miscellaneous 
 SECTION
11.01.    Trust Indenture Act of 1939 
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with
the duties imposed by any of TIA Sections 310 through 317, inclusive, through the operation of TIA Section 318(c), such imposed duties shall control. 

SECTION 11.02.    Noteholder Communications; Noteholder Actions 

(a)    Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under
this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c). 

(b)    (1) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent to amendment, supplement or waiver or other
action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by a Holder (an “act”) may be evidenced by an instrument signed by the Holder delivered to the Trustee. The fact and date of the execution of the instrument, or the authority of
the person executing it, may be proved in any manner that the Trustee deems sufficient. 

  
 61 

 (2)    The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a
meeting of Holders, which will be binding on all the Holders. 
 (c)    Any act by the Holder of any Note binds that
Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note that evidences the same debt as the Note of the acting Holder, even if no notation thereof appears on the Note. Subject to paragraph (d), a Holder may revoke an act as to its Notes, but only if the
Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver or other consequence of the act becomes effective. 

(d)    The Company may, but is not obligated to, fix a record date (which need not be within the time limits otherwise
prescribed by TIA Section 316(c)) for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to act with respect to any amendment or waiver or in any other regard, except that during the continuance of an Event of Default, only the Trustee may set a
record date as to notices of default, any declaration or acceleration or any other remedies or other consequences of the Event of Default. If a record date is fixed, those Persons that were Holders at such record date and only those Persons will be
entitled to act, or to revoke any previous act, whether or not those Persons continue to be Holders after the record date. No act will be valid or effective for more than 90 days after the record date. 

SECTION 11.03.    Notices 

Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows: 

if to the Issuers: 
 NXP USA,
Inc. 
 6501 William Cannon Drive West 

Austin, Texas 78735 
 Attention
of: Legal Department 
 Fax: +1 (512) 895-6630 

with a copy to: 
 NXP
Semiconductors N.V. 
 High Tech Campus 60 

5656 AG Eindhoven 
 The
Netherlands 
 Attention of: Jean Schreurs 

Fax: +(31) 20 5407500 
 if to
the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent: 
 Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas 

60 Wall Street 
 24th Floor

  
 62 

 
MS: NYC60-2405 
 New York, New York 10005 

United States 
 Attention of:

 Trust and Agency Services – NXP B.V. SF5195 

Fax: +(1) 732 578 4635 
 Each of
the Issuers or the Trustee by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

Any notice or communication sent to a Holder of Definitive Notes shall be in writing and shall be made by first-class mail, postage prepaid,
or by hand delivery to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar, with a copy to the Trustee. 

If and so long as any Notes are represented by one or more Global Notes and ownership of book-entry interests therein are shown on the records
of DTC or any successor securities clearing agency appointed by the Depositary at the request of the Issuers, notices will be delivered to such securities clearing agency for communication to the owners of such book-entry interests, delivery of
which shall be deemed to satisfy the notice requirements of this Section 11.03. 
 Notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid,
will be deemed given seven calendar days after mailing. Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which any of the required publications is made, or if published more than once on different dates, on the first date on
which publication is made; provided that, if notices are mailed, such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the later of such publication and the seventh calendar day after being so mailed. Failure to mail, cause to be delivered or
otherwise transmit a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed or sent in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or
not the addressee receives it. 
 SECTION 11.04.    Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent 

Upon any request or application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuers shall
furnish to the Trustee: 
 (a)    an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and any other matters that the Trustee may reasonably request; and 

(b)    an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of
such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with and any other matters that the Trustee may reasonably request. 

  
 63 

 SECTION 11.05.    Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to
Section 4.09) shall include: 
 (a)    a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such
covenant or condition; 
 (b)    a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon
which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c)    a statement that, in the
opinion of such Person, such Person has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(d)    a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

 SECTION 11.06.    When Notes Disregarded 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by
the Issuers, the Guarantor or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuers or the Guarantor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the
purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time
shall be considered in any such determination. 
 SECTION 11.07.    Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar

 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules
for their functions. 
 SECTION 11.08.    Legal Holidays 

If a payment date is a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue for
the intervening period. If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected. 
 SECTION
11.09.    Governing Law 
 This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with,
the laws of the State of New York. 
 SECTION 11.10.    Consent to Jurisdiction and Service 

The Issuers and the Guarantor irrevocably (i) agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding against the Issuers or the Guarantor arising
out of or based upon this Indenture, the 

  
 64 

 
Notes or the Note Guarantee or the transactions contemplated hereby may be instituted in any U.S. Federal or state court in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York court and
(ii) waive, to the fullest extent they may effectively do so, any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding. The Company and the Guarantor have appointed NXP Funding LLC, as their authorized
agent (the “Authorized Agent”) upon whom process may be served in any such action arising out of or based on this Indenture, the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby which may be instituted in any New York court,
expressly consent to the jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such action, and waive any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto. Such appointment shall be irrevocable. The Issuers represent and
warrant that the Authorized Agent has agreed to act as such agent for service of process and agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full
force and effect as aforesaid. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of such service to the Issuers and the Guarantor shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Issuers and the Guarantor. 

SECTION 11.11.    No Recourse Against Others 

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of any of the Parent, the Issuers or any of their respective Subsidiaries or
Affiliates as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the Note Documents, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and
releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
 SECTION
11.12.    Successors 
 All agreements of the Issuers and the Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind
its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
 SECTION
11.13.    Multiple Originals; Electronic Signatures 
 The parties may sign any number of copies of this
Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. The words “execution,” signed,” signature,” and words of like import in
this Indenture shall include images of manually executed signatures transmitted by facsimile, email or other electronic format (including, without limitation, “pdf,” “tif” or “jpg”) and other electronic signatures
(including without limitation, DocuSign and AdobeSign). The use of electronic signatures and electronic records (including, without limitation, any contract or other record created, generated, sent, communicated, received, or stored by electronic
means) shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or use of a paper-based record-keeping system to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in
Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act and any other applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or the Uniform Commercial Code.
Without limitation to the foregoing, and anything in this Indenture 

  
 65 

 
to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) any Officers’ Certificate, Opinion of Counsel, Definitive Note, Global Note, Note Guarantee, certificate of authentication appearing on or attached
to any Note, supplemental indenture or other certificate, instrument, agreement, notice or other document delivered pursuant to this Indenture may be executed, attested and transmitted by any of the foregoing electronic means and formats, and
(b) all references in Section 2.03 (Execution and Authentication) or elsewhere in this Indenture or in any Definitive Note Global Note to the execution, attestation or authentication of any Note or any certificate of authentication
appearing on or attached to any Note by means of a manual or facsimile signature shall be deemed to include signatures that are made or transmitted by any of the foregoing electronic means or formats. 

SECTION 11.14.    Table of Contents; Headings 

The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

SECTION 11.15.    Applicable Law; Provision of Information to Trustee 

In order to comply with the laws, rules, regulations and executive orders in effect from time to time applicable to banking institutions,
including, without limitation, those relating to the funding of terrorist activities and money laundering, including Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act of the United States (“Applicable Law”), the Trustee is required to obtain,
verify, record and update certain information relating to individuals and entities which maintain a business relationship with the Trustee. Accordingly, each of the parties agree to provide to the Trustee, upon their request from time to time such
identifying information and documentation as may be available for such party in order to enable the Trustee to comply with Applicable Law. 

SECTION 11.16.    Force Majeure 

The Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent shall not incur any liability for not performing any act or fulfilling any duty,
obligation or responsibility hereunder by reason of any occurrence beyond the control of the Trustee (including, but not limited to any act or provision of any present or future law or regulation or governmental authority, any act of God or war,
civil unrest, local or national disturbance or disaster, epidemic, any act of terrorism, or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or facsimile or other wire or communication facility). 

  
 66 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the
date first written above. 

 
					
	NXP B.V.
		
	by	 	 /s/ Luc de Dobbeleer

		 	Name: Luc de Dobbeleer
		 	Title:   Authorized Representative
	
	NXP FUNDING LLC
		
	by	 	 /s/ Luc de Dobbeleer

		 	Name: Luc de Dobbeleer
		 	Title:   Authorized Representative
	
	NXP USA, INC.
		
	by	 	 /s/ Timothy Shelhamer

		 	Name: Timothy Shelhamer
		 	Title:   Assistant Secretary

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 
					
	DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee
		
	by	 	 /s/ Bridgette Casasnovas

		 	Name: Bridgette Casasnovas
		 	Title:   Vice President
		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert Peschler

		 	 Name: Robert Peschler

		 	 Title:   Vice President

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 
					
	NXP SEMICONDUCTORS N.V.
		
	by	 	 /s/ Luc de Dobbeleer

		 	Name: Luc de Dobbeleer
		 	Title:   Authorized Representative

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 APPENDIX A 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE NOTES 

1.    Definitions. 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Appendix A shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. For the purposes
of this Appendix A the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below: 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with
respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Regulation S Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Global Note, DTC, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in
effect from time to time. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note that does not include the Global Note Legend. 

“Depositary” means DTC. 

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors. 

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth under that caption in Exhibit A to the Indenture. 

“Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the applicable Depositary) or any
successor person thereto. 
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth under that caption in Exhibit A to the
Indenture. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation S Notes” means all Notes offered and sold outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S. 

“Restricted Period”, with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the
later of (a) the day on which such Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by any Issuer to the
Trustee, and (b) the Issue Date with respect to such Notes. 
 “Restricted Notes Legend” means the legend set forth
under that caption in Exhibit A to the Indenture. 
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act. 

  
 A-1 

 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A Notes” means all Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933. 

“Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes
Legend. 
 2.    The Notes. 

2.1    Form and Dating. 

(a)    The Notes issued on the date hereof will be (i) offered and sold by the Issuers pursuant to a Purchase
Agreement dated as of May 4, 2021 among the Issuers, the Parent and the initial purchasers named therein and (ii) resold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (2) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in
Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S. Such Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Issuers from time to
time pursuant to one or more purchase agreements in accordance with applicable law. 
 (b)    Notes issued in global
form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Indenture (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Increases or Decreases in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be
substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Indenture (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Increases or Decreases in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the
outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented
thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes
represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2 hereof. 

(c)    [Reserved]. 

(d)    [Reserved]. 

(e)    [Reserved]. 

(f)    Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(f) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on
behalf of the Depositary. 

  
 A-2 

 The Issuers shall execute and the Trustee or an authentication agent shall, in accordance
with this Section 2.1(f) and Section 2.2 and pursuant to an order of the Issuers signed by one Officer, authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such
Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions or held by the Notes Custodian. 

Members of, or participants in, DTC (“Agent Members’) shall have no rights under the Indenture with respect to any Global
Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Notes Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for
all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC
or impair, as between DTC and their respective Agent Members, the operation of customary practices thereof governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 

(g)    Definitive Notes. Except as provided in Section 2.3 or 2.4, owners of beneficial interests in Global
Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Notes. 
 2.2    Authentication. The
Trustee or an authentication agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of an Issuer signed by one of its Officers (a) Original Notes for original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of
$2,000,000,000 and (b) subject to the terms of the Indenture, Additional Notes. Such order shall (a) specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated, (b) direct
the Trustee or an authentication agent to authenticate such Notes and (c) certify that all conditions precedent to the issuance of such Notes have been complied with in accordance with the terms hereof. 

2.3    Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. (a) A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by
the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.
All Global Notes will be exchanged by an Issuer for Definitive Notes if: 
 (1)    an Issuer delivers to
the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the U.S. Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by
an Issuer within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary; 

  
 A-3 

 (2)    an Issuer, in its sole discretion, determines
that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or 

(3)    there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes and
Holders have requested Definitive Notes. 
 Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (1),(2) or (3) above, Definitive
Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.08 and 2.10 of the Indenture. Every Note authenticated and delivered in
exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section or Section 2.08 or 2.10 of the Indenture, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be
exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section, however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.3(b), (c) or (f) hereof upon prior written notice given to the
Trustee by or on behalf of the Depositary. 
 (b)    Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global
Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted
Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph
(1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 

(1)    Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note
may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or
instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section. 

(2)    All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers
and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.3(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either: 

(A)    both: 

(i)    a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance
with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

  
 A-4 

 (ii)    instructions given in accordance with the
Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or 

(B)    both: 

(i)    a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance
with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

(ii)    instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person
in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in Section 2.3(b)(1) above. 
 Upon satisfaction
of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant
Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.3(h) hereof. 
 (3)    Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another
Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the
requirements of Section 2.3(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A)    if the transferee will
take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and 

(B)    if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 

(4)    Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an
Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a

  
 A-5 

 
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.3(b)(2) above and: 

(A)    [Reserved.] 

(B)    [Reserved.] 

(C)    the Registrar receives the following: 

(i)    if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof; or 

(ii)    if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such
beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (C), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures
so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private
Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 If any such transfer is effected
pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (C) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof, the Trustee shall
authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (C) above. 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form
of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
 (c)    Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for
Definitive Notes. 
 (1)    Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If
any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who 

  
 A-6 

 takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by
the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A)    if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in
accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(B)    if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an
offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(C)    if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; or 

(D)    if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof, 
 the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of
the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.3(h) hereof, and an Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate
principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.3(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the
holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so
registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.3(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained
therein. 
 (2)    [Reserved.] 

(3)    Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

 (A)    [Reserved.] 

(B)    [Reserved.] 

  
 A-7 

 (C)    the Registrar receives the following: 

(i)    if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest
for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof; or 

(ii)    if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial
interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (C), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion
of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (4)    Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted
Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.3(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced
accordingly pursuant to Section 2.3(h) hereof, and the Issuers will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note
issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.3(c)(4) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through
instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in
exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.3(c)(4) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

  
 A-8 

 (d)    Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial
Interests. 
 (1)    Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any
Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A)    if such
Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(B)    if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S.
Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or 

(C)    if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements
of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item 4 thereof; 

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of
subparagraph (A) above, the 144A Global Note, and in the case of subparagraphs (B) and (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note. 

(2)    Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted
Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
only if: 
 (A)    [Reserved.] 

(B)    [Reserved.] 

(C)    the Registrar receives the following: 

(i)    if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the
Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof; or 

  
 A-9 

 (ii)    if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer
such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (C), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion
of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the
subparagraphs in this Section 2.3(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 

(3)    Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an
Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global
Notes. 
 If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to Section 2.3(d)(1),
(d)(2) or (d)(3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more
Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 

(e)    Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes
and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.3(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or
surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the
requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.3(e). 

  
 A-10 

 (1)    Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive
Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A)    if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (B)    if the transfer will be made pursuant
to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 

(C)    if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

(2)    Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be
exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 

(A)    [Reserved.] 

(B)    [Reserved.] 

(C)    the Registrar receives the following: 

(i)    if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive
Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item 3 thereof; or 

(ii)    if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take
delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

  
 A-11 

 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (C), if the Registrar so requests, an
Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no
longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (3)    Unrestricted Definitive Notes to
Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the
Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 

(f)    [Reserved.] 

(g)    Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under
this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in this subsection (g) or the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 

(1)    Private Placement Legend. 

(A)    Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued
in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form 
 THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED,
TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN
BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A
NOTES: ONE YEAR] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS] AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUERS OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERS WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF
SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUERS, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE 

  
 A-12 

 
SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A,
(D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR
(7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE
SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR
OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING
THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.] 

(B)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs
(b)(4), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.3 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof), any Regulation S Global Note and any Additional Notes issued in transactions registered
with the SEC will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 (2)    Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear
a legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS
NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO APPENDIX A OF THE
INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART 

  
 A-13 

 
PURSUANT TO APPENDIX A OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE
TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF AN ISSUER. 
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN
DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO
A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO AN ISSUER OR ITS AGENT
FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE &
CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS
AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 
 (h)    Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all
beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and
canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 of the Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form
of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the
Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such
other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 

(i)    General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(1)    To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers will execute and the Trustee will authenticate
Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 

  
 A-14 

 (2)    No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial
interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection
therewith (other than any such transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange pursuant to the Indenture). 

(3)    The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in
whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 (4)    All Global Notes and
Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under the Indenture, as the Global
Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (5)    Neither the Registrar
nor the Issuers will be required: 
 (A)    to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a
period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 of the Indenture and ending at the close of business on the day of selection; 

(B)    to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the
unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 
 (C)    to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note
between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date. 
 (6)    Prior to due presentment for the
registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuers may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on
such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuers shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(7)    The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of
Section 2.2 hereof. 

  
 A-15 

 (8)    All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel
required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.3 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 

  
 A-16 

 EXHIBIT A-1 

[FORM OF NOTE] 
 2.500% Senior
Notes due 2031 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), TO
THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THEIR AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY
PAYMENT IS MADE TO ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED
OWNER HEREOF, ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 [[FOR GLOBAL NOTES ONLY] TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO
TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE
INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.] 
 [[FOR REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE ONLY] UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE CLOSING OF THE OFFERING, AN
OFFER OR SALE OF SECURITIES WITHIN THE UNITED STATES BY A DEALER (AS DEFINED IN THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT) MAY VIOLATE THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT IF SUCH OFFER OR SALE IS MADE OTHERWISE THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A
THEREUNDER.] 
 [Restricted Note Legend] 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR
UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL
OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS] AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE

  
 E-A-1-1 

 
DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUERS OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERS WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUERS,
(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY
BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE
IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE
501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL,
CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THE ISSUERS WILL CAUSE THIS LEGEND TO BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS
ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]

 BY ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, EACH HOLDER WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (A) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED
BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE NOTES CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT
OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS, RULES
OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE “SIMILAR LAWS”), OR ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT OR (B) THE PURCHASE
AND HOLDING OF THE NOTES BY SUCH HOLDER WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.

  
 E-A-1-2 

 [Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend:] 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH
TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

  
 E-A-1-3 

 Common Code.
[                    ] 
 ISIN No.
[                    ] 
 CUSIP
[                    ] 
 2.500% Senior
Notes due 2031 
 No.                      

NXP B.V. 
 NXP FUNDING LLC 

NXP USA, INC. 
 NXP B.V., a company incorporated
under the laws of The Netherlands, NXP Funding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and NXP USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation, jointly and severally promise to pay to Cede & Co. or its registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth
on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto, subject to the adjustments listed therein]1 [of $[        ]], on May 11,
2031. 
 Interest Payment Dates: May 11 and November 11, commencing on November 11, 2021. 

Record Dates: April 25 and October 25. 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

(Signature page to follow.) 
  

 

	1 	 Use the Schedule of Increases and Decreases language if Note is in Global Form. 

  
 E-A-1-4 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, NXP B.V., NXP Funding LLC and NXP USA, Inc. have caused this Note to be signed manually
or by facsimile by their duly authorized officers. 
  

							
	Dated:	 		 	NXP B.V.
				
		 		 	By:	 	
                     
                                         
                                    

		 		 	Name:	 	
		 		 	Title:	 	
			
		 		 	NXP FUNDING LLC
				
		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 	Name:	 	
		 		 	Title:	 	
			
		 		 	NXP USA, INC.
				
		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 	Name:	 	
		 		 	Title:	 	

 This is one of the Notes referred 

to in the Indenture. 
  

			
	 DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Trustee

		
	By:	 	
                     
                                         
             

	 (Authorized Signatory)

 [Signature Page to Note] 

  
 E-A-1-5 

 [FORM OF BACK OF NOTE] 

2.500% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2031 
  

	1.	 Interest 

NXP B.V., a company incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands with its corporate seat at Eindhoven, The Netherlands (the
“Company”), NXP Funding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“NXP Funding”) and NXP USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“NXP USA”, and together with NXP Funding and the Company, the
“Issuers” and each an “Issuer”), jointly and severally promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 2.500% per annum. The Issuers shall pay interest semi-annually on May 11
and November 11 of each year commencing on November 11, 2021. The Issuers will make each interest payment to Holders of record of the Notes on the immediately preceding April 25 and October 25, respectively. Interest on the Notes
shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from May 11, 2021 until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a
360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Each interest period shall end on (but not include) the relevant interest payment date. 

 

	2.	 Method of Payment 

Holders must surrender Notes to the relevant Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuers shall pay principal, premium, if any,
Additional Amounts, if any, and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Principal, premium, if any, Additional Amounts, if any, and interest on the Global
Notes will be payable at the specified office or agency of one or more Paying Agents; provided that all such payments with respect to Notes represented by one or more Global Notes registered in the name of or held by a nominee of DTC will be made by
wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. 
 Principal, premium, if any,
Additional Amounts, if any, and interest on any Definitive Notes will be payable at the specified office or agency of one or more Paying Agents in New York, maintained for such purposes. In addition, interest on the Definitive Notes may be paid by
check mailed to the person entitled thereto as shown on the register for the Definitive Notes; provided, however, that cash payments on the Notes may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
Notes, by wire transfer to a dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States of America if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating
such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 

If the due date for any payment in respect of any Note is not a Business Day at the place in which such payment is due to be paid, the Holder
thereof will not be entitled to payment of the amount due until the next succeeding Business Day at such place, and will not be entitled to any further interest or other payment as a result of any such delay. 

  
 E-A-1-6 

	3.	 Registrar, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent 

Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas will act as Registrar, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent. The Issuers may appoint and change any
Registrar, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent. The Issuers may act as Registrar, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent. 
  

	4.	 Indenture 

The Issuers issued the Notes under the Indenture dated as of May 11, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuers,
the Parent and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee (the “Trustee”). The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto
in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Holders (as defined in the Indenture) are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms and provisions. In the event of a conflict, the terms of the
Indenture control. 
 The Notes are senior obligations of the Issuers. This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes
and the Additional Notes are treated as a single class under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Issuers and their Significant Subsidiaries to, among other things, create or incur Liens and make asset
sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Issuers to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its property. 

 

	5.	 Optional Redemption 

(a)    At any time prior to February 11, 2031 (the date three months prior to the maturity date of the Notes), the
Issuers may redeem such Notes in whole or in part, at their option, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to the greater of: 

 

	 	•	 	 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed, and 

 

	 	•	 	 the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Notes being
redeemed that would be due if the Notes matured on February 11, 2031 (the date three months prior to the maturity date of the Notes), not including unpaid interest accrued to, but excluding, the redemption date, discounted to the redemption
date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 15 basis points, 

plus, in each case, unpaid interest on the Notes being redeemed accrued to, but excluding, the redemption date. 

(b)    On or after February 11, 2031 (the date three months prior to the maturity date of the Notes), the Notes will
be redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at the Issuers’ option, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being
redeemed plus unpaid interest on the Notes being redeemed accrued to, but excluding, the redemption date. 

  
 E-A-1-7 

 (c)    [Reserved] 

(d)    Any redemption and notice of redemption may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one
or more conditions precedent. 
  

	6.	 Optional Tax Redemption 

The Issuers, the Parent or a successor to an Issuer or the Parent may redeem the Notes of a series in whole, but not in part, at any time upon
giving not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding,
the date fixed for redemption (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) and all Additional Amounts, if any, then due and which will become due on the tax
redemption date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if any, if a Payor determines in good faith that, as a result of: 

(1)    any change in, or amendment to, the law (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant
Taxing Jurisdiction affecting taxation; or 
 (2)    any change in, or amendment to, or the introduction of, an
official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (each of the foregoing
in clauses (1) and (2), a “Change in Tax Law”), 
 such Payor is, or on the next interest payment date in respect of the Notes of such
series would be, required to pay any Additional Amounts, and such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to the Issuers, the Parent or a successor to an Issuer or the Parent (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the
appointment of a new Paying Agent where this would be reasonable but not including assignment of the obligation to make payment with respect to the Notes). In the case of redemption due to such obligation to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a
Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that is a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction at May 4, 2021, such Change in Tax Law must become effective after May 4, 2021. In the case of redemption due to such obligation to pay Additional Amounts as a
result of a Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after May 4, 2021, such Change in Tax Law must become effective after the date the jurisdiction becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, unless the
Change in Tax Law would have applied to the prior Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction. Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures described in paragraph 8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of
redemption will be given (a) earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would be obliged to make such payment of Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due and (b) unless at the time such
notice is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect. Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of the Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuers or Successor Company will deliver to the Trustee
(a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that it is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to its 

  
 E-A-1-8 

 
right to redeem have been satisfied and that it would not be able to avoid the obligation to pay Additional Amounts by taking reasonable measures available to it and (b) an opinion of an
independent tax counsel of recognized standing to the effect that the relevant Payor has been or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept such Officer’s Certificate and opinion
as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, without further inquiry, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders. 

 

	7.	 Sinking Fund 

The Issuers are not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

 

	8.	 Notice of Redemption 

At least 15 days but not more than 60 days before a date for redemption of Notes, the Issuers shall transmit a notice of redemption in
accordance with Section 11.03 of the Indenture and as provided below. 
 If less than all of the Notes of a series are to be redeemed
at any time, the Trustee or the Registrar, as applicable, will select the Notes for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, as certified to the Trustee or the
Registrar, as applicable, by the Issuers, and in compliance with the requirements of DTC, or if the Notes are not so listed or such exchange prescribes no method of selection and the Notes are not held through DTC, or DTC prescribes no method of
selection, on a pro rata basis; provided, however, that no Note of $2,000 in aggregate principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part and only Notes in integral multiples of $1,000 will be redeemed. Neither the Trustee nor the Registrar will be
liable for any selections made by it in accordance with this Section. 
 If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of
redemption that relates to that Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed, in which case a portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. In the
case of a Global Note, an appropriate notation will be made on such Note to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof. Subject to the terms of the applicable redemption notice (including any
conditions contained therein), Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption, unless the redemption price is
not paid on the redemption date. 
  

	9.	 Additional Amounts 

The Obligors are required to make all payments under or with respect to the Notes or the Note Guarantee free and clear of and without
withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future Taxes unless required by law, in which case the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor will pay Additional Amounts in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Section 4.02
of the Indenture. 

  
 E-A-1-9 

	10.	 Repurchase of Notes at the Option of Holders upon a Change of Control Triggering Event

 If the Company experiences a Change of Control Triggering Event, each Holder will have the right, subject to certain
conditions specified in the Indenture, to require the Issuers to repurchase all of the Notes of such Holder at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but
excluding the date of repurchase as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 
  

	11.	 [Reserved] 

  

	12.	 Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

The Notes are in registered form in minimum denominations of $2,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or
exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. In connection with any such transfer or exchange, the Indenture will require the transferring or exchanging Holder to, among other things, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, to
furnish information regarding the account of the transferee at DTC, where appropriate, to furnish certain certificates and opinions, and to pay any taxes, duties and governmental charges in connection with such transfer or exchange. Any such
transfer or exchange will be made without charge to the Holder, other than any taxes, duties and governmental charges payable in connection with such transfer. 
  

	13.	 Persons Deemed Owners 

Except as provided in paragraph 2 of this Note, the registered Holder of this Note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

  

	14.	 Unclaimed Money 

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the
Issuers at their written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuers for payment as general creditors and the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall
have no further liability with respect to such monies. 
  

	15.	 Discharge and Defeasance 

Subject to certain conditions, the Issuers at any time may terminate some of or all their obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the
Issuers, among other things, deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations denominated in U.S. dollars in such amounts as will be sufficient for the payment of the entire Indebtedness including principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 
  

	16.	 Amendment, Waiver 

The Indenture and the Notes may be amended as set forth in the Indenture. 

  
 E-A-1-10 

	17.	 Defaults and Remedies 

(a)    The following events constitute “Events of Default” under the Indenture: An “Event of
Default” occurs if or upon: 
 (1)    default in any payment of interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on any
Note issued under the Indenture when due and payable, if that default continues for a period of 30 days, or failure to comply for 30 days with the notice provisions in connection with a Change of Control Triggering Event after such notice has become
due; 
 (2)    default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note issued under the
Indenture when due at its Stated Maturity or upon optional redemption or otherwise (including the failure to pay the repurchase price for such Notes tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase), if that default or failure continues for a period of two
days; 
 (3)    failure to comply for 90 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by
the Holders of 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes with any of the Issuers’ or the Parent’s obligations under Article 4 or 5 of the Indenture (in each case, other than an Event of Default under
Section 6.01(a)(1) or 6.01(a)(2) of the Indenture); 
 (4)    default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument
under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or NXP Funding or a Significant Subsidiary (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or NXP Funding or a
Significant Subsidiary) other than Indebtedness owed to any of the Parent, the Company or NXP Funding or a Significant Subsidiary whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, which default: 

(A)    is caused by a failure to pay principal at the Stated Maturity on such Indebtedness, immediately upon the
expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness; or 
 (B)    results in the acceleration of such
Indebtedness prior to its express maturity not rescinded or cured within 30 days after such acceleration; 
 and, in each case, the aggregate principal
amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the aggregate principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated and remains undischarged after such 30 day
period, aggregates to €200.0 million or more; 
 (5)    any of the Parent (to the extent a guarantor under
any series of Notes), the Company, NXP Funding or a Significant Subsidiary institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or applies for or consents to
the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar office with respect to an event of bankruptcy, insolvency or court protection; or any receiver,

  
 E-A-1-11 

 
trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar office with respect to an event of bankruptcy, insolvency or court protection is
appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material
part of its property or assets is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; 

(6)    failure by any of the Parent, the Company, NXP Funding or a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments
aggregating in excess of €200.0 million (exclusive of any amounts that a solvent insurance company has acknowledged liability for), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days after the judgment becomes
final and non-appealable; and 
 (7)    the Guarantee ceases to be in full
force and effect, other than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or the Parent denies or disaffirms in writing its obligations under its Guarantee, other than in accordance with the terms thereof or upon release of the Guarantee in
accordance with the Indenture. 
 (b)    A default under Sections 6.01(a)(3), 6.01(a)(4) or 6.01(a)(6) of the Indenture
will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes under the Indenture notify the Issuers and Trustee (as applicable) of the default and the Issuers do not cure such
default within the time specified in Sections 6.01(a)(3), 6.01(a)(4) or 6.01(a)(6) of the Indenture, as applicable, after receipt of such notice. 

(c)    If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(a)(5) of the Indenture)
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to any Issuer or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of the applicable series of Notes under the Indenture by written notice to any Issuer and the
Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Amounts, if any, on all the Notes of such series under the Indenture to be due and
payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Amounts, if any, on all the
Notes of a series of Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. 
  

	18.	 Trustee Dealings with the Issuers 

The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with
and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuers or their Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 

  
 E-A-1-12 

	19.	 No Recourse Against Others 

No director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of any of the Parent, any Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any parent
company of any Issuer shall have any liability for any obligations of any Issuer or any Subsidiary with respect to the Notes or the Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder
by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
  

	20.	 Authentication 

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the
certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the security has been authenticated under the Indenture. 

Notwithstanding the above, facsimile, documents executed, authenticated, scanned and transmitted electronically and electronic signatures,
including those created or transmitted through a software platform or application, shall be deemed manual signatures for purposes of this Indenture, Notes and other related documents and all matters and instruments, agreements, documents and
certificates related thereto, with such facsimile, scanned and electronic signatures having the same legal effect as manual signatures. 

The parties agree that this Indenture, the Notes or any other related document or any instrument, agreement, document or certificate necessary
for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture, the Notes or the other related documents or related hereto or thereto (including, without limitation, addendums, amendments, notices, instructions, communications with respect
to the delivery of securities or the wire transfer of funds or other communications) (the “Executed Documentation”) may be accepted, executed, authenticated or agreed to through the use of an electronic signature in accordance with
applicable laws, rules and regulations in effect from time to time applicable to the effectiveness and enforceability of electronic signatures. Any Executed Documentation accepted, executed, authenticated or agreed to in conformity with such laws,
rules and regulations will be binding on all parties hereto to the same extent as if it were physically executed, and each party hereby consents to the use of any third party electronic signature capture service providers as may be reasonably chosen
by a signatory hereto or thereto. 
 When the Trustee acts on any Executed Documentation sent by electronic transmission, except where due
to bad faith, the Trustee will not be responsible or liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from its reliance upon and compliance with such Executed Documentation, notwithstanding that such Executed Documentation
(a) may not be an authorized or authentic communication of the party involved or in the form such party sent or intended to send (whether due to fraud, distortion or otherwise) or (b) may conflict with, or be inconsistent with, a
subsequent written instruction or communication; it being understood and agreed that the Trustee shall conclusively presume that Executed Documentation that purports to have been sent by an authorized officer of a Person has been sent by an
authorized officer of such Person. The party providing Executed Documentation through electronic transmission or otherwise with electronic signatures agrees to assume all risks arising out of such electronic methods, including, without limitation,
the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties. 

  
 E-A-1-13 

	21.	 Abbreviations 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the
entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 
  

	22.	 Governing Law 

THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

 

	23.	 CUSIP Numbers, Common Codes and ISIN Numbers 

The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP Numbers, Common Codes and ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall
use CUSIP Numbers, Common Codes and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the
Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. 

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it
the text of this Note. 

  
 E-A-1-14 

 [FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FORM] 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

 
  

(Print or type assignee’s legal name) 
  

 
  

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.) 
  

 
  
  

 
  

 
  

 
 (Insert assignee’s name, address
and zip code) 
 and irrevocably appoint 
  

 
  

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

Date:                      

  
 E-A-1-15 

 Your Signature: 
  

 
 Sign exactly as your name appears on
the other side of this Note. 
 Signature Guarantee*: 

*(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion 

program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee) 

  
 E-A-1-16 

 [FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR 

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES] 

This certificate relates to $          principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable box)
☐ book-entry or ☐ definitive registered form by the undersigned. 
 The undersigned (check one box below): 

 

	 	☐	 has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver, in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global
Note held by the Depositary, a Definitive Note in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above);

  

	 	☐	 has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note.

 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period
referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE
BOX BELOW 
  

	 	(1)	 ☐ to the Issuers; or 

 

	 	(2)	 ☐ to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or

  

	 	(3)	 ☐ pursuant to an effective registration statement under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933; or

  

	 	(4)	 ☐ inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under
the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with
Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or 

  

	 	(5)	 ☐ outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the
Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933 and such Note shall be held immediately after the transfer through DTC until the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture); or 

 

	 	(6)	 ☐ pursuant to Rule 144 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 or another available exemption from
registration. 

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by
this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder 

  
 E-A-1-17 

 
thereof, provided, however, that if box (5) or (6) is checked, the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and
other information as the Trustee or the Issuers have reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act of
1933. 
 Date:
                                        

 Your Signature: 
  

 
 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of
this Note. 

Signature Guarantee*:                     
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                         

	*	 (Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other
signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee) 

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises
sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A
and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 

Date:                         
                                         
                           

Signature:                        
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
             
 (to be executed by an executive officer of purchaser) 

  
 E-A-1-18 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

[FORM OF SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE] 

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is $[●]. The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of

Increase/Decrease
	  	 Amount of Decrease in
Principal Amount of

this Global Note
	  	 Amount of Increase in
Principal Amount of

this Global Note
	  	 Principal amount of

this Global Note
 following such

decrease or increase
	  	 Signature of authorized

signatory of Trustee

		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  
 E-A-1-19 

 [FORM OF OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE] 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.03 (Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control
Triggering Event) of the Indenture, check the box: 
  

	
	 Change of Control ☐

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.03 of
the Indenture, state the amount (minimum amount of $2,000): 
 $
                                        

 Date:
                                        

 Your Signature: 
  

 
  

	(Sign	 exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note) 

Signature Guarantee*:                     
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                         

*(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee)

  
 E-A-1-20 

 EXHIBIT A-2 

[FORM OF NOTE] 
 3.250% Senior
Notes due 2041 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), TO
THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THEIR AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY
PAYMENT IS MADE TO ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED
OWNER HEREOF, ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 [[FOR GLOBAL NOTES ONLY] TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO
TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE
INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.] 
 [[FOR REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE ONLY] UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE CLOSING OF THE OFFERING, AN
OFFER OR SALE OF SECURITIES WITHIN THE UNITED STATES BY A DEALER (AS DEFINED IN THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT) MAY VIOLATE THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT IF SUCH OFFER OR SALE IS MADE OTHERWISE THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A
THEREUNDER.] 
 [Restricted Note Legend] 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR
UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL
OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS] AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE

  
 E-A-2-1 

 
DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUERS OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERS WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUERS,
(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY
BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE
IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE
501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL,
CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THE ISSUERS WILL CAUSE THIS LEGEND TO BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS
ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]

 BY ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, EACH HOLDER WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (A) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED
BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE NOTES CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT
OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS, RULES
OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE “SIMILAR LAWS”), OR ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT OR (B) THE PURCHASE
AND HOLDING OF THE NOTES BY SUCH HOLDER WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.

  
 E-A-2-2 

 [Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend:] 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH
TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

  
 E-A-2-3 

 Common Code. [            ] 

ISIN No. [            ] 

CUSIP [            ] 

3.250% Senior Notes due 2041 
  

	
	 No.
                        

 NXP B.V. 

NXP FUNDING LLC 
 NXP USA, INC.

 NXP B.V., a company incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands, NXP Funding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and NXP USA, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, jointly and severally promise to pay to Cede & Co. or its registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto, subject to the adjustments listed therein]2 [of $[        ]], on May 11, 2041. 
 Interest Payment Dates:
May 11 and November 11, commencing on November 11, 2021. 
 Record Dates: April 25 and October 25. 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

(Signature page to follow.) 
  

 

	2 	 Use the Schedule of Increases and Decreases language if Note is in Global Form. 

  
 E-A-2-4 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, NXP B.V., NXP Funding LLC and NXP USA, Inc. have caused this Note to be signed manually
or by facsimile by their duly authorized officers. 
  

							
	Dated:	 		 	NXP B.V.
				
		 		 	By:	 	
                     
                                         
                                       

		 		 	Name:	 	
		 		 	Title:	 	
			
		 		 	NXP FUNDING LLC
				
		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 	Name:	 	
		 		 	Title:	 	
			
		 		 	NXP USA, INC.
				
		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 	Name:	 	
		 		 	Title:	 	

 This is one of the Notes referred 

to in the Indenture. 
  

			
	 DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Trustee
  

	By:	 	
                     
                                         
           

	 (Authorized Signatory)

 [Signature Page to Note] 

  
 E-A-2-5 

 [FORM OF BACK OF NOTE] 

3.250% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2041 
  

	1.	 Interest 

NXP B.V., a company incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands with its corporate seat at Eindhoven, The Netherlands (the
“Company”), NXP Funding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“NXP Funding”) and NXP USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“NXP USA”, and together with NXP Funding and the Company, the
“Issuers” and each an “Issuer”), jointly and severally promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 3.250% per annum. The Issuers shall pay interest semi-annually on May 11
and November 11 of each year commencing on November 11, 2021. The Issuers will make each interest payment to Holders of record of the Notes on the immediately preceding April 25 and October 25, respectively. Interest on the Notes
shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from May 11, 2021 until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a
360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Each interest period shall end on (but not include) the relevant interest payment date. 

 

	2.	 Method of Payment 

Holders must surrender Notes to the relevant Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuers shall pay principal, premium, if any,
Additional Amounts, if any, and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Principal, premium, if any, Additional Amounts, if any, and interest on the Global
Notes will be payable at the specified office or agency of one or more Paying Agents; provided that all such payments with respect to Notes represented by one or more Global Notes registered in the name of or held by a nominee of DTC will be made by
wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. 
 Principal, premium, if any,
Additional Amounts, if any, and interest on any Definitive Notes will be payable at the specified office or agency of one or more Paying Agents in New York, maintained for such purposes. In addition, interest on the Definitive Notes may be paid by
check mailed to the person entitled thereto as shown on the register for the Definitive Notes; provided, however, that cash payments on the Notes may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
Notes, by wire transfer to a dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States of America if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating
such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 

If the due date for any payment in respect of any Note is not a Business Day at the place in which such payment is due to be paid, the Holder
thereof will not be entitled to payment of the amount due until the next succeeding Business Day at such place, and will not be entitled to any further interest or other payment as a result of any such delay. 

  
 E-A-2-6 

	3.	 Registrar, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent 

Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas will act as Registrar, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent. The Issuers may appoint and change any
Registrar, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent. The Issuers may act as Registrar, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent. 
  

	4.	 Indenture 

The Issuers issued the Notes under the Indenture dated as of May 11, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuers,
the Parent and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee (the “Trustee”). The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto
in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Holders (as defined in the Indenture) are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms and provisions. In the event of a conflict, the terms of the
Indenture control. 
 The Notes are senior obligations of the Issuers. This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes
and the Additional Notes are treated as a single class under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Issuers and their Significant Subsidiaries to, among other things, create or incur Liens and make asset
sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Issuers to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its property. 

 

	5.	 Optional Redemption 

(a)    At any time prior to November 11, 2040 (the date six months prior to the maturity date of the Notes), the
Issuers may redeem such Notes in whole or in part, at their option, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to the greater of: 

 

	 	•	 	 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed, and 

 

	 	•	 	 the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Notes being
redeemed that would be due if the Notes matured on November 11, 2040 (the date six months prior to the maturity date of the Notes), not including unpaid interest accrued to, but excluding, the redemption date, discounted to the redemption date
on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 20 basis points, 

plus, in each case, unpaid interest on the Notes being redeemed accrued to, but excluding, the redemption date. 

(b)    On or after November 11, 2040 (the date six months prior to the maturity date of the Notes), the Notes will be
redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at the Issuers’ option, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed
plus unpaid interest on the Notes being redeemed accrued to, but excluding, the redemption date. 

  
 E-A-2-7 

 (c)    [Reserved] 

(d)    Any redemption and notice of redemption may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one
or more conditions precedent. 
  

	6.	 Optional Tax Redemption 

The Issuers, the Parent or a successor to an Issuer or the Parent may redeem the Notes of a series in whole, but not in part, at any time upon
giving not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding,
the date fixed for redemption (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) and all Additional Amounts, if any, then due and which will become due on the tax
redemption date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if any, if a Payor determines in good faith that, as a result of: 

(1)    any change in, or amendment to, the law (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant
Taxing Jurisdiction affecting taxation; or 
 (2)    any change in, or amendment to, or the introduction of, an
official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (each of the foregoing
in clauses (1) and (2), a “Change in Tax Law”), 
 such Payor is, or on the next interest payment date in respect of the Notes of such
series would be, required to pay any Additional Amounts, and such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to the Issuers, the Parent or a successor to an Issuer or the Parent (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the
appointment of a new Paying Agent where this would be reasonable but not including assignment of the obligation to make payment with respect to the Notes). In the case of redemption due to such obligation to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a
Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that is a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction at May 4, 2021, such Change in Tax Law must become effective after May 4, 2021. In the case of redemption due to such obligation to pay Additional Amounts as a
result of a Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after May 4, 2021, such Change in Tax Law must become effective after the date the jurisdiction becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, unless the
Change in Tax Law would have applied to the prior Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction. Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures described in paragraph 8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of
redemption will be given (a) earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would be obliged to make such payment of Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due and (b) unless at the time such
notice is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect. Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of the Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuers or Successor Company will deliver to the Trustee
(a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that it is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to its 

  
 E-A-2-8 

 
right to redeem have been satisfied and that it would not be able to avoid the obligation to pay Additional Amounts by taking reasonable measures available to it and (b) an opinion of an
independent tax counsel of recognized standing to the effect that the relevant Payor has been or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept such Officer’s Certificate and opinion
as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, without further inquiry, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders. 

 

	7.	 Sinking Fund 

The Issuers are not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

 

	8.	 Notice of Redemption 

At least 15 days but not more than 60 days before a date for redemption of Notes, the Issuers shall transmit a notice of redemption in
accordance with Section 11.03 of the Indenture and as provided below. 
 If less than all of the Notes of a series are to be redeemed
at any time, the Trustee or the Registrar, as applicable, will select the Notes for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, as certified to the Trustee or the
Registrar, as applicable, by the Issuers, and in compliance with the requirements of DTC, or if the Notes are not so listed or such exchange prescribes no method of selection and the Notes are not held through DTC, or DTC prescribes no method of
selection, on a pro rata basis; provided, however, that no Note of $2,000 in aggregate principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part and only Notes in integral multiples of $1,000 will be redeemed. Neither the Trustee nor the Registrar will be
liable for any selections made by it in accordance with this Section. 
 If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of
redemption that relates to that Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed, in which case a portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. In the
case of a Global Note, an appropriate notation will be made on such Note to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof. Subject to the terms of the applicable redemption notice (including any
conditions contained therein), Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption, unless the redemption price is
not paid on the redemption date. 
  

	9.	 Additional Amounts 

The Obligors are required to make all payments under or with respect to the Notes or the Note Guarantee free and clear of and without
withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future Taxes unless required by law, in which case the relevant Issuer or the Guarantor will pay Additional Amounts in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Section 4.02
of the Indenture. 

  
 E-A-2-9 

	10.	 Repurchase of Notes at the Option of Holders upon a Change of Control Triggering Event

 If the Company experiences a Change of Control Triggering Event, each Holder will have the right, subject to certain
conditions specified in the Indenture, to require the Issuers to repurchase all of the Notes of such Holder at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but
excluding the date of repurchase as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 
  

	11.	 [Reserved] 

  

	12.	 Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

The Notes are in registered form in minimum denominations of $2,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or
exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. In connection with any such transfer or exchange, the Indenture will require the transferring or exchanging Holder to, among other things, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, to
furnish information regarding the account of the transferee at DTC, where appropriate, to furnish certain certificates and opinions, and to pay any taxes, duties and governmental charges in connection with such transfer or exchange. Any such
transfer or exchange will be made without charge to the Holder, other than any taxes, duties and governmental charges payable in connection with such transfer. 
  

	13.	 Persons Deemed Owners 

Except as provided in paragraph 2 of this Note, the registered Holder of this Note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

  

	14.	 Unclaimed Money 

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the
Issuers at their written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuers for payment as general creditors and the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall
have no further liability with respect to such monies. 
  

	15.	 Discharge and Defeasance 

Subject to certain conditions, the Issuers at any time may terminate some of or all their obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the
Issuers, among other things, deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations denominated in U.S. dollars in such amounts as will be sufficient for the payment of the entire Indebtedness including principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 
  

	16.	 Amendment, Waiver 

The Indenture and the Notes may be amended as set forth in the Indenture. 

  
 E-A-2-10 

	17.	 Defaults and Remedies 

(a)    The following events constitute “Events of Default” under the Indenture: An “Event of
Default” occurs if or upon: 
 (1)    default in any payment of interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on any
Note issued under the Indenture when due and payable, if that default continues for a period of 30 days, or failure to comply for 30 days with the notice provisions in connection with a Change of Control Triggering Event after such notice has become
due; 
 (2)    default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note issued under the
Indenture when due at its Stated Maturity or upon optional redemption or otherwise (including the failure to pay the repurchase price for such Notes tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase), if that default or failure continues for a period of two
days; 
 (3)    failure to comply for 90 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by
the Holders of 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes with any of the Issuers’ or the Parent’s obligations under Article 4 or 5 of the Indenture (in each case, other than an Event of Default under
Section 6.01(a)(1) or 6.01(a)(2) of the Indenture); 
 (4)    default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument
under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or NXP Funding or a Significant Subsidiary (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or NXP Funding or a
Significant Subsidiary) other than Indebtedness owed to any of the Parent, the Company or NXP Funding or a Significant Subsidiary whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, which default: 

(A)    is caused by a failure to pay principal at the Stated Maturity on such Indebtedness, immediately upon the
expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness; or 
 (B)    results in the acceleration of such
Indebtedness prior to its express maturity not rescinded or cured within 30 days after such acceleration; 
 and, in each case, the aggregate principal
amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the aggregate principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated and remains undischarged after such 30 day
period, aggregates to €200.0 million or more; 
 (5)    any of the Parent (to the extent a guarantor under
any series of Notes), the Company, NXP Funding or a Significant Subsidiary institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or applies for or consents to
the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar office with respect to an event of bankruptcy, insolvency or court protection; or any receiver,

  
 E-A-2-11 

 
trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar office with respect to an event of bankruptcy, insolvency or court protection is
appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material
part of its property or assets is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; 

(6)    failure by any of the Parent, the Company, NXP Funding or a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments
aggregating in excess of €200.0 million (exclusive of any amounts that a solvent insurance company has acknowledged liability for), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days after the judgment becomes
final and non-appealable; and 
 (7)    the Guarantee ceases to be in full
force and effect, other than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or the Parent denies or disaffirms in writing its obligations under its Guarantee, other than in accordance with the terms thereof or upon release of the Guarantee in
accordance with the Indenture. 
 (b)    A default under Sections 6.01(a)(3), 6.01(a)(4) or 6.01(a)(6) of the Indenture
will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes under the Indenture notify the Issuers and Trustee (as applicable) of the default and the Issuers do not cure such
default within the time specified in Sections 6.01(a)(3), 6.01(a)(4) or 6.01(a)(6) of the Indenture, as applicable, after receipt of such notice. 

(c)    If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(a)(5) of the Indenture)
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to any Issuer or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of the applicable series of Notes under the Indenture by written notice to any Issuer and the
Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Amounts, if any, on all the Notes of such series under the Indenture to be due and
payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Amounts, if any, on all the
Notes of a series of Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. 
  

	18.	 Trustee Dealings with the Issuers 

The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with
and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuers or their Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 

  
 E-A-2-12 

	19.	 No Recourse Against Others 

No director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of any of the Parent, any Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any parent
company of any Issuer shall have any liability for any obligations of any Issuer or any Subsidiary with respect to the Notes or the Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder
by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
  

	20.	 Authentication 

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the
certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the security has been authenticated under the Indenture. 

Notwithstanding the above, facsimile, documents executed, authenticated, scanned and transmitted electronically and electronic signatures,
including those created or transmitted through a software platform or application, shall be deemed manual signatures for purposes of this Indenture, Notes and other related documents and all matters and instruments, agreements, documents and
certificates related thereto, with such facsimile, scanned and electronic signatures having the same legal effect as manual signatures. 

The parties agree that this Indenture, the Notes or any other related document or any instrument, agreement, document or certificate necessary
for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture, the Notes or the other related documents or related hereto or thereto (including, without limitation, addendums, amendments, notices, instructions, communications with respect
to the delivery of securities or the wire transfer of funds or other communications) (the “Executed Documentation”) may be accepted, executed, authenticated or agreed to through the use of an electronic signature in accordance with
applicable laws, rules and regulations in effect from time to time applicable to the effectiveness and enforceability of electronic signatures. Any Executed Documentation accepted, executed, authenticated or agreed to in conformity with such laws,
rules and regulations will be binding on all parties hereto to the same extent as if it were physically executed, and each party hereby consents to the use of any third party electronic signature capture service providers as may be reasonably chosen
by a signatory hereto or thereto. 
 When the Trustee acts on any Executed Documentation sent by electronic transmission, except where due
to bad faith, the Trustee will not be responsible or liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from its reliance upon and compliance with such Executed Documentation, notwithstanding that such Executed Documentation
(a) may not be an authorized or authentic communication of the party involved or in the form such party sent or intended to send (whether due to fraud, distortion or otherwise) or (b) may conflict with, or be inconsistent with, a
subsequent written instruction or communication; it being understood and agreed that the Trustee shall conclusively presume that Executed Documentation that purports to have been sent by an authorized officer of a Person has been sent by an
authorized officer of such Person. The party providing Executed Documentation through electronic transmission or otherwise with electronic signatures agrees to assume all risks arising out of such electronic methods, including, without limitation,
the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties. 

  
 E-A-2-13 

	21.	 Abbreviations 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the
entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 
  

	22.	 Governing Law 

THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

 

	23.	 CUSIP Numbers, Common Codes and ISIN Numbers 

The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP Numbers, Common Codes and ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall
use CUSIP Numbers, Common Codes and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the
Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. 

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it
the text of this Note. 

  
 E-A-2-14 

 [FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FORM] 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

 
  

(Print or type assignee’s legal name) 
  

 
  

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.) 
  

 
  
  

 
  

 
  

 
 (Insert assignee’s name, address
and zip code) 
 and irrevocably appoint 
  

 
  

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

Date:                      

  
 E-A-2-15 

 Your Signature: 
  

 
 Sign exactly as your name appears on
the other side of this Note. 
 Signature Guarantee*: 

*(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion 

program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee) 

  
 E-A-2-16 

 [FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR 

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES] 

This certificate relates to $         principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable box)
☐ book-entry or ☐ definitive registered form by the undersigned. 
 The undersigned (check one box below): 

 

	 	☐	 has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver, in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global
Note held by the Depositary, a Definitive Note in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above);

  

	 	☐	 has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note.

 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period
referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE
BOX BELOW 
  

	 	(1)	 ☐     to the Issuers; or 

 

	 	(2)	 ☐     to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer;
or 

  

	 	(3)	 ☐     pursuant to an effective registration statement under the U.S. Securities Act
of 1933; or 

  

	 	(4)	 ☐     inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as
defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant
to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or 

  

	 	(5)	 ☐     outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of
Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933 and such Note shall be held immediately after the transfer through DTC until the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture); or

  

	 	(6)	 ☐     pursuant to Rule 144 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 or another available
exemption from registration. 

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes
evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder 

  
 E-A-2-17 

 
thereof, provided, however, that if box (5) or (6) is checked, the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and
other information as the Trustee or the Issuers have reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act of
1933. 
 Date:
                                     

Your Signature: 
  

 
 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of
this Note. 

Signature Guarantee*:                     
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                         

*(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee)

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises
sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A
and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
 Date:
                                     

Signature:                        
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
          
 (to be executed by an executive officer of purchaser) 

  
 E-A-2-18 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

[FORM OF SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE] 

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is $[●]. The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of

Increase/Decrease
	  	 Amount of Decrease in

Principal Amount of
 this Global
Note
	  	 Amount of Increase in

Principal Amount of
 this Global
Note
	  	 Principal amount of
this Global Note

following such
decrease or increase
	  	 Signature of authorized
signatory of
Trustee

		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  
 E-A-2-19 

 [FORM OF OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE] 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.03 (Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control
Triggering Event) of the Indenture, check the box: 
  

	
	 Change of Control ☐

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.03 of
the Indenture, state the amount (minimum amount of $2,000): 
 $
                                 

Date:
                                     

Your Signature: 
  

 

	(Sign	 exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note) 

Signature Guarantee*:                     
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                         

	*	 (Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other
signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee) 

  
 E-A-2-20 

 EXHIBIT B 

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER] 
 Deutsche Bank
Trust Company Americas 
 c/o DB Services Americas, Inc. 
 5022
Gate Parkway, Suite 200 
 Jacksonville, FL 32256 
 Attention:
Transfer Department 
 Re: [●]% Senior Notes due 20[●] NXP B.V., NXP Funding LLC and NXP USA, Inc. (the
“Notes”) 
 Reference is hereby made to the Senior Indenture dated May 11, 2021 among NXP B.V., NXP Funding
LLC and NXP USA, Inc., as Issuers, the guarantor party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee (the “Indenture”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the
Indenture. 

                     (the
“Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note/Notes or interest in such Note/Notes (the “Book-Entry Interest”) specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of
$         in such Note/Notes or interests (the “Transfer”), to
                     (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the
Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 

1. ☐ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the
U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the Book- Entry Interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed
and believes is purchasing the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified
institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A to whom notice was given that the Transfer was being made in reliance on Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or
any other jurisdiction. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Restricted
Notes Legend printed on the Rule 144A Global Note and/or the Rule 144A Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 2. ☐
Check if Transfer is pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer
is not being made to a person in the United States and (A) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the
Transferee was outside the United States or (B) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any 

  
 E-B-1 

 
Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States; (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements
of Regulation S under the Securities Act; (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act; and (iv) the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account
or benefit of a U.S. Person. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer printed on the Regulation S
Global Note and/or the Regulation S Definitive Note and contained in the Securities Act, the Indenture and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction. 

3. ☐ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144 or Regulation S and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United
States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Restricted Notes Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Restricted Notes Legend. 

4. ☐ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the
Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction; (ii) the Transferor is not (and during the three months
preceding the Transfer was not) an Affiliate of any of the Issuers, (iii) at least one year has elapsed since such Transferor (or any previous transferor of such Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Note that was not an Affiliate of any of the
Issuers) acquired such Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Note from the Issuers or an Affiliate of any of the Issuers, and (iv) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Restricted Notes Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred Book-Entry Interest or Rule 144A Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Restricted Notes Legend printed on the Rule 144A Global Note and/or the Rule 144A Definitive Note and in the Indenture. 
 This
certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers and the Trustee. 
  

	
	[Insert Name of Transferor]
	
	By:
	Name:
	Title:

 Dated:
                     

  
 E-B-2 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

1.    The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: CHECK ONE] 

(a) ☐ a Book-Entry Interest held through DTC Account No.             ,
in the: 
 (i) ☐ Rule 144A Global Note ([CUSIP/ISIN/COMMON CODE]
                    ); or 
 (ii)
☐ Regulation S Global Note ([CUSIP/ISIN/COMMON CODE];. or 
 (b) ☐ a Rule 144A Definitive Note; or 

(c) ☐ a Regulation S Definitive Note. 

2.    After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

[CHECK ONE] 
 (a) ☐ a
Book-Entry Interest through DTC Account No.              in the: 
 (i)
☐ Rule 144A Global Note ([CUSIP/ISIN/COMMON CODE]                     ); or 

(ii) ☐ Regulation S Global Note ([CUSIP/ISIN/COMMON CODE]
                     or 
 (b)
☐ a Rule 144A Definitive Note; or 
 (c) ☐ a Regulation S Definitive Note. 

  
 E-B-3 

 EXHIBIT C 

[FORM OF OFFICER’S COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO 

SECTION 4.09 OF THE INDENTURE] 

OFFICER’S COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE OF NXP B.V. 

Pursuant to Section 4.09 of the Senior Indenture dated May 11, 2021 (the “Indenture”) among NXP B.V. (the
“Company”), NXP Funding LLC and NXP USA, Inc., the guarantor party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, the undersigned, [●], [officer], of the Company, do hereby certify on behalf of the Company
that: 
  

	 	1.	 a review of the activities of the Company during the preceding fiscal year has been made under my supervision
with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under the Indenture; and 

  

	 	2.	 as to the best of my knowledge, the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant
contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Indenture [or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describe all such Defaults or Events of
Default of which you have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto] and to the best of my knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the
principal of or interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes is prohibited [or if such event has occurred, give a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto].

  
 E-C-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Officer’s Certificate this
[    ] day of [            ], 20[    ]. 
  

			
	NXP B.V.
		
	    by	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 E-C-2EX-4.2

 Exhibit 4.2 

NXP B.V. 
 NXP Funding
LLC 
 NXP USA, Inc. 

Registration Rights Agreement 

$1,000,000,000 2.500% Senior Notes Due 2031 

$1,000,000,000 3.250% Senior Notes Due 2041 

May 11, 2021 
 This
Registration Rights Agreement dated May 11, 2021 (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and among NXP B.V., a private limited liability company (besloten vennootschap) incorporated and existing under the laws of the
Netherlands (the “Company”), NXP Semiconductors N.V., the Company’s holding company (the “Guarantor”), NXP Funding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“NXP Funding”) and NXP USA, Inc., a
Delaware limited liability company (“NXP USA”, and together with NXP Funding, and the Company, the “Issuers” and each an “Issuer”) and Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Credit
Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as representatives (the “Representatives”) of the several purchasers named in Schedules I to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) (the “Initial Purchasers”). 

The Issuers and the Initial Purchasers are parties to the Purchase Agreement dated May 4, 2021 (the “Purchase
Agreement”), which provides for the sale by the Issuers to the Initial Purchasers of $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 2.500% Senior Notes due 2031 (the “2031 Notes”) and $1,000,000,000
aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 3.250% Senior Notes due 2041 (the “2041 Notes” and, together with the 2031 Notes, the “Notes”), which will be guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by the Guarantor
(the “Guarantee” and together with the Notes, the “Securities”). Each of the 2031 Notes and the 2041 Notes are sometimes referred to herein as a “Series” of Notes, and each of the 2031 Notes and
2041 Notes, together with the related Guarantee thereof, are sometimes referred to herein as a “Series” of Securities. As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Issuers and the Guarantor have
agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement. 

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows: 

1.    Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings: 

“Additional Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) hereof. 

 “Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other
day on which banking institutions in London, United Kingdom or New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close. For purposes of this Agreement, if the day on which any deadline specified in this Agreement expires is not a Business Day,
such deadline shall be deemed to expire on the next succeeding Business Day. 
 “Company” shall have the meaning set forth
in the preamble and shall also include the Company’s successors. 
 “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended from time to time. 
 “Exchange Act Report” shall mean any report to be filed by the Guarantor or
the Issuers under the Exchange Act. 
 “Exchange Dates” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof.

 “Exchange Offer” shall mean the exchange offer by the Issuers and the Guarantor of Exchange Securities for Registrable
Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration” shall mean a registration under the
Securities Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean an
exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus
contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein. For the avoidance of doubt, any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement may cover, at the Issuers’ option, any debt
securities issued in exchange for other debt securities of the Issuers. 
 “Exchange Securities” shall mean, with respect
to the Registrable Securities of each Series, senior notes issued by the Issuers and guaranteed by the Guarantor under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Securities of such Series (except that the Exchange Securities will not be subject
to restrictions on transfer or to any increase in annual interest rate for failure to comply with this Agreement) and to be offered to Holders of Securities of such Series in exchange for Securities of such Series pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

 “FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. 

“Free Writing Prospectus” means each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) prepared by or
on behalf of the Issuers or used or referred to by the Issuers in connection with the sale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities. 

“Holders” shall mean the Initial Purchasers, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their
successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture; provided that, for purposes of Section 4 and Section 5 hereof, the term “Holders” shall include
Participating Broker-Dealers. 

  
 2 

 “Indemnified Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c)
hereof. 
 “Indemnifying Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof. 

“Indenture” shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities dated as of May 11, 2021, among the Issuers, the
Guarantor and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 

“Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. 

“Inspector” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(xiv) hereof. 

“Issuers” shall have the meaning set forth in the Indenture, as may be amended. 

“Majority Holders” shall mean, with respect to any Series of Registrable Securities or all Series of Registrable Securities,
as applicable, the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities of such Series; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities
of such Series is required hereunder, any Registrable Securities of such Series owned directly or indirectly by the Issuers or any of their controlled affiliates shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the
Holders of such required percentage or amount; and provided, further, that if the Issuers shall issue any additional Securities under the Indenture prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of any
Shelf Registration Statement, such additional Securities of such Series and the Registrable Securities of such Series to which this Agreement relates shall be treated together as one class for purposes of determining whether the consent or approval
of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities has been obtained. 
 “Notice and Questionnaire” shall mean
a notice of registration statement and selling security holder questionnaire distributed to a Holder by the Issuers upon receipt of a Shelf Request from such Holder. 

“Participating Broker-Dealers” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof. 

“Participating Holder” shall mean any Holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and
Questionnaire to the Issuers in accordance with Section 2(b) hereof. 
 “Person” shall mean an individual,
partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof. 

  
 3 

 “Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in, or, pursuant to the
rules and regulations of the Securities Act, deemed a part of, a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with
respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities or other securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including any document
incorporated by reference therein. 
 “Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. 

“Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided that any Securities shall cease to be Registrable
Securities at the earliest date (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement,
(ii) when such Securities cease to be outstanding or (iii) except in the case of Securities that otherwise remain Registrable Securities and that are held by an Initial Purchaser and that are ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange
Offer, when the Exchange Offer is consummated. 
 “Registration Default” shall mean, as to any Series of Notes, the
occurrence of any of the following: (i) the Exchange Offer, with respect to such Series of Notes, is not completed on or prior to the Target Registration Date, (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement, with respect to such Series of Notes, if
required pursuant to Section 2(b)(i) hereof, has not become effective on or prior to the Target Registration Date, (iii) if the Issuers receive a Shelf Request pursuant to Section 2(b)(ii), the Shelf Registration Statement required to
be filed thereby has not become effective by the later of (a) the Target Registration Date and (b) 90 days after delivery of such Shelf Request, or (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by this Agreement, has become effective
and thereafter ceases to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable, in each case whether or not permitted by this Agreement, (a) at any time in any 12-month period during the
Shelf Effectiveness Period, and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 90 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period, or (b) on more than two occasions in any 12-month period during the Shelf Effectiveness Period. 
 “Registration Expenses” shall
mean any and all reasonable expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Issuers and the Guarantor with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or FINRA registration and filing fees, (ii) all
fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any Underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any Exchange
Securities or Registrable Securities), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and any amendments or
supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements or other similar agreements and any other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all rating agency fees, (v) all fees
and 

  
 4 

 
disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the fees and
disbursements of counsel for the Issuers and the Guarantor and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Participating Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Participating Holders
holding a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities held by such Participating Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchasers) and (viii) the fees and disbursements of the independent
registered public accountants of the Issuers and the Guarantor, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, but excluding in all cases
fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or
disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder. 
 “Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement of the
Issuers and the Guarantor that covers any of the Exchange Securities, Registrable Securities or other securities in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such registration statement, including
post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein. 

“Representatives” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. 

“SEC” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. 

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time. 

“Shelf Effectiveness Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof. 

“Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof. 

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Issuers and the Guarantor that
covers all or a portion of the Registrable Securities and, at the Issuers’ option, any other debt securities issued by the Issuers from time to time on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be
adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document
incorporated by reference therein. 
 “Shelf Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof. 

  
 5 

 “Staff” shall mean the staff of the SEC. 

“Target Registration Date” shall mean June 30, 2022. 

“Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time. 

“Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture. 

“Underwriter” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(e) hereof. 

“Underwritten Offering” shall mean an offering in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to
the public. 
 2.    Registration Under the Securities Act. 

(a)    To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or the SEC or applicable interpretations of the Staff, the
Issuers and the Guarantor shall prepare and use their commercially reasonable efforts to (x) cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an offer to the Holders to exchange all the Registrable Securities for Exchange
Securities and (y) have such Registration Statement become and remain effective until 90 days after the last Exchange Date for use by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers. 

The Issuers and the Guarantor shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing or otherwise transmitting, in compliance with the applicable
procedures of the depositary for such Registrable Securities, the related Prospectus, appropriate letters of transmittal and other accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable
law, substantially the following: 
 (i)    that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this
Agreement and that all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange; 

(ii)    the period of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 Business Days from
the date such notice is mailed or otherwise transmitted) (the “Exchange Dates”); 

(iii)    that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest
but will not retain any rights under this Agreement, except as otherwise specified herein; 

(iv)    that any Holder electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer
will be required to (A) surrender such Registrable Security, together with the appropriate letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address and in the manner specified in the notice, or (B) effect such exchange otherwise in
compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for such Registrable Security, in each case on or prior to the last Exchange Date; and 

  
 6 

 (v)    that any Holder will be entitled to withdraw its
election, not later than the last Exchange Date, by (A) sending to the institution and at the address specified in the notice, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable
Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Securities exchanged or (B) effecting such withdrawal in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for the Registrable
Securities. 
 As a condition to participating in the Exchange Offer, a Holder will be required to represent to the Issuers and the
Guarantor that (1) any Exchange Securities to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (2) at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to
participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (3) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the
Securities Act) of any Issuer or the Guarantor and (4) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other
trading activities, then such Holder will deliver a Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a Prospectus to purchasers) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. 

As soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date, the Issuers and the Guarantor shall: 

(I)    accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly
withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and 
 (II)    deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the
Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Issuers and issue, and cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Securities equal in principal amount to
the principal amount of the Registrable Securities tendered by such Holder. 
 The Issuers and the Guarantor shall use their commercially
reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. 

(b)    (i) In the event that the Issuers and the Guarantor determine that the Exchange Offer Registration
provided for in Section 2(a) hereof would violate any applicable law or is prohibited by the SEC or applicable interpretations of the Staff or (ii) upon receipt of a written request (a “Shelf Request”) from any Initial
Purchaser representing that it holds Registrable Securities that are or were ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, the Issuers and the Guarantor shall use their 

  
 7 

 
commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination or Shelf Request, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale of
all the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and to have such Shelf Registration Statement become effective; provided that no Holder will be entitled to have any Registrable Securities included in any Shelf Registration Statement, or
entitled to use the prospectus forming a part of such Shelf Registration Statement, until such Holder shall have delivered a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire and provided such other information regarding such Holder to the Issuers as is
contemplated by Section 3(b) hereof. 
 In the event that the Issuers and the Guarantor are required to file a Shelf Registration
Statement pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding paragraph, the Issuers and the Guarantor shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to file and have become effective both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to
Section 2(a) hereof with respect to all Registrable Securities and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable
Securities held by the Initial Purchasers after completion of the Exchange Offer. 
 The Issuers and the Guarantor agree to use their
commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement, if required, continuously effective until the earliest of (x) the date the Securities cease to be Registrable Securities, (y) the date that is one year after the
effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement and (z) the date when Holders, other than Holders that are “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers, are able to sell such Securities without restriction, and without
reliance as to the availability of current public information, pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (the “Shelf Effectiveness Period”). The Issuers and the Guarantor further agree to supplement or amend the
Shelf Registration Statement, the related Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Issuers for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the
Securities Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder or if reasonably requested by a Participating Holder of Registrable Securities with respect to information relating to such Participating Holder, and to use their commercially
reasonable efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective, if required, and such Shelf Registration Statement, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable subject to
Section 3(d) below. The Issuers and the Guarantor agree to furnish to the Participating Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC. 

(c)    The Issuers and the Guarantor shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration pursuant to
Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) hereof. Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities
pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement. 

  
 8 

 (d)    If a Registration Default occurs with respect to the Registrable
Securities of a Series, the interest rate on the Registrable Securities of such Series will be increased by (i) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period beginning on the day of such Registration Default and
(ii) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case until, but not including, the date such Registration Default ends, up to a maximum increase of 0.50% per
annum (such interest referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above, “Additional Interest”). A Registration Default, with respect to the Registrable Securities of a Series, ends when the Securities of such Series cease to be
Registrable Securities or, if earlier, (1) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (i) of the definition thereof, when the Exchange Offer is completed, (2) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (ii) or
clause (iii) of the definition thereof, when the Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective or (3) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (iv) or clause (v) of the definition thereof, when the Shelf Registration
Statement again becomes effective or the Prospectus again becomes usable. If at any time more than one Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, then, until the next date that there is no Registration Default, the increase in interest
rate provided for by this paragraph shall apply as if there occurred a single Registration Default that begins on the date that the earliest such Registration Default occurred and ends on such next date that there is no Registration Default. 

(e)    It is acknowledged that the interest rate increase set forth in Section 2(d) hereof is the sole remedy for any
default hereunder. 
 3.    Registration Procedures. 

(a)    In connection with their obligations pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, the Issuers and the
Guarantor shall: 
 (i)    prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form
under the Securities Act, which form (A) shall be selected by the Issuers and the Guarantor, (B) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and (C) shall
comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith; and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration
Statement to become effective and remain effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof; 

(ii)    subject to Section 3(d) below, (A) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and
post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any
required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; and (B) keep each Prospectus current during the period described in Section 4(3) of, and Rule 174 under, the Securities Act
that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities; 

  
 9 

 (iii)    to the extent any Free Writing Prospectus is
used, file with the SEC any Free Writing Prospectus that is required to be filed by the Issuers or the Guarantor with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act and to retain any Free Writing Prospectus not required to be filed; 

(iv)    in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Participating Holder, to counsel for the
Initial Purchasers, to counsel for such Participating Holders and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, each preliminary prospectus or Free Writing
Prospectus, if any, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such Participating Holder, counsel or Underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities thereunder; and, subject to
Section 3(c) hereof, the Issuers and the Guarantor consent to the use of such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or such Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the
Participating Holders and any such Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or such Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment
or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law; 
 (v)    in the case of a Shelf Registration,
use their commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Participating Holder shall reasonably request in writing by the time the
applicable Registration Statement becomes effective; cooperate with such Participating Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA; and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to
enable each Participating Holder to complete the disposition in each jurisdiction of the Registrable Securities owned by such Participating Holder; provided that none of the Issuers or Guarantor shall be required to (1) qualify as a
foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (2) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) subject
itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject or otherwise incur unreasonable expense; 

(vi)    in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify counsel for the Initial Purchasers and notify each
Participating Holder and counsel for such Participating Holders promptly and, if requested by any such Participating Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (1) when a Registration Statement has become effective, when any
post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective, when any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed, (2) of

  
 10 

 
any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement, Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information after
the Registration Statement has become effective, (3) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose,
including the receipt by the Issuers of any notice of objection of the SEC to the use of a Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, (4) if, between the applicable
effective date of a Shelf Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, any Issuer or the Guarantor receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable
Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (5) of the happening of any event during the period a Registration Statement is effective that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement
or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus in order to make the statements therein
not misleading and (6) of any determination by any Issuer or the Guarantor that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus would be appropriate; 

(vii)    subject to Section 3(d) below, use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the
withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, the resolution of any objection of the SEC pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, including by filing an
amendment to such Registration Statement on the proper form, at the earliest possible moment and provide immediate notice to each Holder or Participating Holder of the withdrawal of any such order or such resolution; 

(viii)    in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Participating Holder upon request, without
charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without any documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested); 

(ix)    in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the Participating Holders to facilitate the
timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names (consistent
with the provisions of the Indenture) as such Participating Holders may reasonably request at least one Business Day prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities; 

  
 11 

 (x)    upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by
Section 3(a)(vi)(5) hereof, subject to Section 3(d) below, use their commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf
Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered (or, to the extent permitted by law, made
available) to purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and the Issuers shall notify the Participating Holders (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) and the Initial Purchasers and any Participating
Broker-Dealers known to the Issuers (in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and such Participating
Holders, such Participating Broker-Dealers and the Initial Purchasers, as applicable, hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, upon receipt of such notice from the Issuers until the Issuers
and the Guarantor have amended or supplemented the Prospectus or the Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to correct such misstatement or omission; 

(xi)    the Issuers and the Guarantor shall not, at any time after initial filing of a Registration
Statement, use or file any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus, or any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration
Statement (other than an Exchange Act Report), a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus, of which the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Participating Holders and their counsel) shall not
have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Initial Purchasers or their counsel or the Participating Holders or their counsel shall reasonably object; 

(xii)    obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be,
not later than the initial effective date of a Registration Statement; 
 (xiii)    cause the Indenture
to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be; cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be
required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute, and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such
changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner; 

  
 12 

 (xiv)    in the case of a Shelf Registration, make
available for inspection by one representative of the Participating Holders and any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (any such Person, an “Inspector”), at reasonable times
and in a reasonable manner, all pertinent financial and other records, documents and properties of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries; provided that an Inspector shall be required to execute a customary confidentiality agreement subject to customary
exceptions for information provided to financial institutions in connection with information provided for due diligence purposes in connection with a securities offering; 

(xv)    if reasonably requested by any Participating Holder, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or
post-effective amendment such information with respect to such Participating Holder as such Participating Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment
as soon as the Issuers have received notification of the matters to be so included in such filing; and 

(xvi)    in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into such customary agreements and take all such other
actions in connection therewith reasonably requested by the majority of Holders in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities including, but not limited to, an Underwritten Offering, and, if entering into an
underwriting agreement, make such representations and warranties in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar underwritten offerings (consistent with the Purchase Agreement), and take all such other
commercially reasonable actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, all to such extent as may be reasonably
requested by any Initial Purchaser or by any Holder of Registrable Securities or underwriter in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement; and if an underwriting or similar agreement is
entered into in connection with an Underwritten Offering, the Issuers shall use commercially reasonable efforts to: 

(I)    furnish to each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, in such form,
substance and scope as they may reasonably request and as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings: 
  

	 	(a)	 a certificate signed by (y) the Chief Executive Officer of the Guarantor or (z) the Chief Financial
Officer of the Guarantor, confirming, as of the date thereof, such matters as such Holders may reasonably request; 

  

	 	(b)	 an opinion of counsel for the Issuers and the Guarantor, covering such customary matters as such parties may
reasonably request, and in any event including a customary negative assurance letter; and 

  
 13 

	 	(c)	 a customary comfort letter from the Guarantor’s independent accountants, or such other applicable
independent accountants in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters to underwriters in connection with underwritten offerings, and affirming the matters set forth in the comfort letters delivered
pursuant to Section 5(f) of the Purchase Agreement; and 

 (II)    deliver such
other customary documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such parties to evidence compliance with Section 3(a)(xvi)(I) hereof and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement
entered into by the Issuers pursuant to this Section 3(a)(xvi), if any. 
 (b)    In the case of a Shelf
Registration Statement, the Issuers may require, as a condition to including a Holder’s Registrable Securities in the Registration Statement, each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Issuers a Notice and Questionnaire and such
other information regarding such Holder and the proposed disposition by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Issuers and the Guarantor may from time to time reasonably request in writing. No Holder of Registrable Securities shall be
entitled to include any of its Registrable Securities in any Shelf Registration pursuant to this Agreement unless such Holder furnishes to the Issuers in writing, within 20 days after receipt of a written request therefor, such information as the
Issuers may reasonably request for inclusion in any Shelf Registration or Prospectus included therein, and no such Holder shall be entitled to Additional Interest pursuant hereto following the twentieth day after such request is received unless and
until such Holder shall have provided such information. 
 (c)    Each Participating Holder agrees that, upon receipt of
any notice from the Issuers and the Guarantor of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(a)(vi)(3) or Section 3(a)(vi)(5) hereof or any notice pursuant to Section 3(d), such Participating Holder will forthwith
discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement until such Participating Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus contemplated by
Section 3(a)(x) hereof or notice that the period referred to in Section 3(d) has ended and, if so directed by the Issuers and the Guarantor, such Participating Holder will deliver to the Issuers and the Guarantor all copies in its
possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Participating Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that is current at the time of receipt of such notice. 

(d)    The Issuers may postpone effecting a Shelf Registration (or the maintenance of its effectiveness and usability) if
the Issuers determine in good faith that 

  
 14 

 
effecting the registration (or such maintenance of effectiveness and usability) would materially and adversely affect an offering of securities of the Issuers or if the Issuers are in possession
of material non-public information the disclosure of which would not be in the best interests of the Issuers. The Issuers and the Guarantor may give any such notice only twice during any 365-day period and any such suspensions shall not exceed 90 days in the aggregate during any 365-day period. 

(e)    The Participating Holders who desire to do so may sell such Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In
any such Underwritten Offering, the investment bank or investment banks and manager or managers (each an “Underwriter”) that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Registrable Securities included in such offering and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Issuers. All expenses of the Underwritten Offering (other than Registration Expenses and expenses of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries) shall be borne by the
Participating Holders and the Underwriters, as agreed amongst them. 
 (f)    Each Holder agrees that such Holder shall
not take any action that would result in the Issuers or the Guarantor being required to file with the SEC a free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405, as amended, under the Securities Act, prepared by or on behalf of such Holder that otherwise
would not be required to be filed by the Issuers or the Guarantor thereunder, but for the action of such Holder. 

4.    Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer. 

(a)    The Staff has taken the position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its
own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”) may be deemed to be an
“underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. 

The Issuers and the Guarantor understand that it is the Staff’s position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying
the amount of Exchange Securities owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available to purchasers) to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the Securities
Act in connection with resales of Exchange Securities for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act. 

(b)    In light of the above, and subject to section 3(d), the Issuers and the Guarantor agree to amend or supplement the
Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for a period of up to 90 days after the last Exchange Date, in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent
with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above. 

  
 15 

 
The Issuers and the Guarantor further agree that Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized, subject to Section 3(d), to deliver such Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law,
make available) during such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4. 
 (c)    The
Initial Purchasers shall have no liability to the Issuers, the Guarantor or any Holder with respect to any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement made pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof.

 5.    Indemnification and Contribution. 

(a)    Each of the Issuers and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial
Purchaser and each Holder, their respective affiliates, directors and officers and each Person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser or any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange
Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and
expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (1) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or any omission or alleged omission to state therein
a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (2) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus or any Free Writing
Prospectus, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Initial Purchaser or
information relating to any Holder furnished to the Issuers and the Guarantor in writing by or on behalf of such parties. In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Issuers and the Guarantor, jointly and severally,
will also indemnify the Underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their respective affiliates and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the
Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent and on the same bases as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement, any Prospectus or any Free Writing
Prospectus. 
 (b)    Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuers, the
Guarantor, the Initial Purchasers and the other selling Holders, the directors of the Issuers and the Guarantor, each officer of the Issuers and the Guarantor who signed the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Issuers,
the Guarantor, any Initial Purchaser and any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only
with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue 

  
 16 

 
statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Holder furnished to the Issuers and the Guarantor in
writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement, any Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus. 

(c)    If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be
brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such
indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under paragraph (a) or (b) above
except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from
any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under paragraph (a) or (b) above. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person
thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), be counsel to the
Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such proceeding
and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the
expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably
satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or
(iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or
potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one
separate firm (in addition to one local counsel per jurisdiction) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reasonable and shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm (x) for any Initial
Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control Persons of such Initial Purchaser shall be designated in writing by the Representatives, (y) for any Holder, its directors and officers and any control Persons of such Holder
shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders for all applicable Series of Registrable Securities and (z) in all other cases shall be designated in writing by the Issuers. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement
of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against

  
 17 

 
any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or
threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional release of such
Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault,
culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person. 
 (d)    If the indemnification provided for
in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying
such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits
received by the Issuers and the Guarantor from the offering of the Securities and the Exchange Securities, on the one hand, and by the Holders from receiving Securities or Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act, on the other hand,
or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Issuers
and the Guarantor on the one hand and the Holders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of
the Issuers and the Guarantor on the one hand and the Holders on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a
material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuers and the Guarantor or by the Holders and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. 

(e)    The Issuers, the Guarantor and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant
to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in
paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above,
any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, in no event shall a Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the
amount by which the total price at which the Securities or Exchange Securities sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission
or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The
Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5 are several and not joint. 

  
 18 

 (f)    The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not
exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity. 

(g)    The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force
and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or any Holder or any Person controlling any Initial Purchaser or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the
Issuers or the Guarantor or the officers or directors of or any Person controlling the Issuers or the Guarantor, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf
Registration Statement. 
 6.    General. 

(a)    No Inconsistent Agreements. The Issuers and the Guarantor represent, warrant and agree that (i) the
rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict in any material respect with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any other outstanding securities issued or guaranteed by any Issuer or the Guarantor
under any other agreement and (ii) none of the Issuers or the Guarantor have entered into, or on or after the date of this Agreement will enter into, any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable
Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts in any material respect with the provisions hereof. 

(b)    Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not
be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Issuers and the Guarantor have obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent; provided that, with respect to any amendment, modification supplement, waiver or consent to Section 5 above that
directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Issuers and the Guarantor shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser against which such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent is
to be effective. Any amendments, modifications, supplements, waivers or consents pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall be by a writing executed by each of the parties hereto. 

(c)    Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing
by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Issuers by means of a notice given in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the Initial Purchasers, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; (ii) if to the Issuers and the Guarantor, initially at the address set forth in the
Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the 

  
 19 

 
provisions of this Section 6(c); and (iii) to such other persons at their respective addresses as provided in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of
which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c). All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited
in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications
shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture. 

(d)    Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors,
assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other
disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such
Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and
provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Initial Purchasers (in their capacity as Initial Purchasers) shall have no liability or obligation to the Issuers or the Guarantor with respect to any
failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement. 

(e)    Third Party Beneficiaries. Each Holder shall be a third-party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder
(excluding those agreements made in Section 5 hereto) between the Issuers and the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems
such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of other Holders hereunder. 

(f)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in
separate counterparts (in the form of an original or a facsimile or a “pdf” file), each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

(g)    Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not a part of this
Agreement and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. 
 (h)    Governing Law. This Agreement,
and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York. 

  
 20 

 (i)    Submission to Jurisdiction. Each of the Issuers and the
Guarantor irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or United States Federal court sitting in The City of New York (the “Specified Courts”) over any suit,
action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement (each, a “Related Proceeding”). Each of the Issuers and the Guarantor irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or
hereafter have to the laying of venue of any Related Proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such Related Proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. To the extent that the Issuers and the
Guarantor have or hereafter may acquire any immunity (on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise) from the jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process with respect to itself or its property, each of the Issuers and the Guarantor irrevocably
waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, such immunity in respect of any Related Proceeding. As a matter of Dutch law, the assets of the Company, and of the Guarantor, are not intended for public use (openbare dienst) and as a result
the Company and the Guarantor is not entitled to immunity from legal proceedings, nor are its assets immune from execution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action based on this Agreement may be instituted by the Initial Purchasers in any
competent court in The Netherlands. 
 (j)    Appointment of Agent for Service of Process. Each of the Issuers
and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably appoints NXP Funding LLC as its agent for service of process in any Related Proceeding and agrees that service of process in any such Related Proceeding may be made upon it by courier and by certified mail
(return receipt requested), fees and postage prepaid, at the office of such agent. Each of the Issuers and the Guarantor waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect
thereto. Each of the Issuers and Guarantor represents and warrants that such agent has agreed to act as such Issuer’s or Guarantor’s agent for service of process, and each of the Issuers and Guarantor agrees to take any and all action,
including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect. 

(k)    Entire Agreement; Severability. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to
the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or
unenforceable or against public policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. The Issuers, the Guarantor
and the Initial Purchasers shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, void or unenforceable
provisions. 
 [Signatures on following pages] 

  
 21 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written
above. 
  

					
	NXP B.V.
		
	By:	 	   /s/ Luc de Dobbeleer

		 	Name:	 	Luc de Dobbeleer
		 	Title:	 	Authorized Representative
	
	NXP Funding LLC
		
	By:	 	   /s/ Luc de Dobbeleer

		 	Name:	 	Luc de Dobbeleer
		 	Title:	 	Authorized Representative
	
	NXP USA, Inc.
		
	By:	 	   /s/ Timothy Shelhamer

		 	Name:	 	Timothy Shelhamer
		 	Title:	 	Assistant Secretary
	
	NXP Semiconductors N.V.
		
	By:	 	   /s/ Luc de Dobbeleer

		 	Name:	 	Luc de Dobbeleer
		 	Title:	 	Authorized Representative

  
 [Signature Page to the
Registration Rights Agreement] 

 Confirmed and accepted as of the date first 

above written for themselves and on behalf 
 of the several
Initial Purchasers: 
  

			
	By:	 	 /s/ E. Pete Contrucci III

		 	Bank Name: Barclays Capital Inc.
		 	Title:  Managing Director

  
 [Signature Page to the
Registration Rights Agreement] 

 
			
	By:	 	 /s/ Brian D. Bednarski

		 	Bank Name: Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
		 	Title:   Managing Director

  
 [Signature Page to the
Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	By:	 	 /s/ Matthew Joseph

		 	Bank Name: Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
		 	Title:    Director

  
 [Signature Page to the
Registration Rights Agreement]

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00327-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00327-of-00352.parquet"}]]